VISAKA INDUSTRIES LIMITED - (PROPOSED PROJECT)environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/... · 1. Name of the Project/s : Visaka Industries Ltd., Proposed asbestos cement sh eets

VISAKA INDUSTRIES LIMITED - (PROPOSED PROJECT)

Location: Rachakpura Village, Shedriya Grampanchayat, Niwai Tehsil, Tonk District, Rajasthan.

PRODUCTION CAPACITY

Asbestos Cement Sheets - 2, 16,000 TPA

“NO VIOLATION”

FOR

ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

("A" of 4 (c) of Gazette Notification dated 14.06.2006 and its subsequent amendment dated

01.12.09 & 04.04.2011) { Asbestos milling and asbestos based products }

Study Period (Pre Monsoon) – March, April & May’ 2013

Proposed Project Cost: 56.62 Crores.

AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY

Mr. S.R.Warrier

[email protected]

Mobile No. 9959553719

ENKAY ENVIRO SERVICES PVT. LTD.

(An ISO 9001:2008 Certified Firm) (Serial no. 43 as per the List of Accredited EIA Consultant Organizations as on January 05, 2014)

Corporate Office: L-G-6, Corporate Park, Gopal Bari, Ajmer Road, Jaipur Phone: - 0141-2363996, 4023996, Fax:-5118996

Email- [email protected], Website: www.enkayenviro.com

PROJECT: VISAKA INDUSTRIES LTD FORM- 1

DOCUMENT NO: EESPL/VIL/002/358-EC/IND/2013

1

FORM-1



2

APPENDIX I

(See Paragraph – 6)

FORM - 1

I Basic Information

S. No. Item : Details

1. Name of the Project/s : Visaka Industries Ltd., Proposed asbestos cement sheets

manufacturing project.

2. S. No. in the schedule : The proposed unit is categorized under 4 (c) 3 of Gazette

Notification dated Sep 14th, 2006 and subsequent

amendments on 01.12.09 and 04.04.2011 {Asbestos milling

and asbestos based products}. The same is categorized as

“A” category.

3. Proposed

capacity/area/

length/tonnage to be

handled /command

area/lease area

/number of wells to be

drilled

:

The unit is coming up at Rachakpura Village, Shedriya

Grampanchayat, Niwai Tehsil, Tonk District, Rajasthan State

Total area allotted is 22.5 Acres.

Proposed Capacity

Asbestos cement sheets: 2,16,000 TPA

4. New / Expansion /

Modernization

: This is a new unit.

5. Existing capacity/Area

etc.

: No

6. Category of project i.e.

'A' or 'B'

: A

7. Does it attract the

general condition? If

yes, please specify.

: No

8. Does it attract the

specific condition? If

yes, please specify.

: No

9. Location

Plot / Survey / Khasra

no.

: Visaka Industries Ltd.,

Rachakpura Village, Shedriya Grampanchayat,

Niwai Tehsil, Tonk District,

Rajasthan.



3

Village / Town : Rachakpura

Tehsil : Niwai

District : Tonk

State : Rajasthan

10. Nearest Railway

station/Airport along

with distance in KM.

: Railway Station: Siras Railway Station

Distance: 19.36 km towards south.

Airport: Jaipur Airport

Distance: 47.21 km towards NNW.

NH – 11 A: Distance: 7.27 km North.

Saidariya Khurd Town: Distance 1.0 Km South-West

11. Nearest Town, City,

District Headquarters

along with distance in

kms.

: Saidariya Khurd,1.0 km SW

12. Village Panchayat, Zilla

Parishad, Municipal

Corporation, Local

body (Complete postal

address with telephone

no. to be given)

: Gram Panchayat - Shedriya,

Tehsil- Niwai

Distt. – Tonk, Rajasthan.

13. Name of the applicant : Mr. S.R.Warrier

14. Registered address : Mr. S.R.Warrier

Visaka Towers,

69/3, S,P. ROAD,

Secunderabad – 500 003 AP

15. Address for correspondence:

Name : Mr. S.R.Warrier

(Assistant General Manager)

Designation (Owner/ Partner

/CEO)

: Assistant General Manager

Address : Visaka Towers”, 1-8-303/69/3

Sardar Patel Road, Secunderabad – 500 003,Andhra

Pradesh.

Pin Code : --

E-mail : [email protected]

[email protected]



4

Telephone no. : 9959553719

Fax No. : --

16. Details of alternative sites

examined, if any. Location of

these sites should be shown

on a Toposheet.

: No

17. Interlinked projects : No

18. Whether separate application

of interlinked project has

been submitted?

: No

19. If yes, date of submission : No

20. If no, reason : No

21. Whether the proposal

involves approval/Clearance

under: if yes, details of the

same and their status to be

given.

(a) The Forest

(Conservation) Act,

(1980)?

(b) The Wildlife (Protection)

Act, 1972?

(c) The C.R.Z. Notification,

1991?

: No

22. Whether there is any

Government Order/Policy

relevant/relating to the site:

: No

23. Forest land involved

(hectares)

: No

24. Whether there is any litigation

pending against the project

and/or land in which the

project is propose to be set

up?

(a) Name of the Court

(b) Case No.

: No litigation is pending in court of law to the best of our

knowledge.



5

(c) Orders/directions of the

court, if any and its

relevance with the

proposed project.

25. Expected cost of the project : The total project cost estimated is Rs 56.62 Crores

*Capacity corresponding to sectoral activity (such as production capacity for manufacturing, mining

lease area and production capacity for mineral production, area for mineral exploration, length for linear

transport infrastructure, generation capacity for power generation etc.,)

II Activity

1. Construction, operation or decommissioning of the Project involving actions,

which will cause physical changes in the locality (topography, land use, changes in

water bodies, etc.)

S.

No.

Information/Checklist

confirmation

Yes/

No

Details thereof (with approximate quantities

/rates, wherever possible) with source of

information data

1.1 Permanent or temporary

change on land use, land

cover or topography

including increase in

intensity of land use (with

respect to local land use

plan)

Yes Land use:

The proposed project is coming up in village

Rachakpura, Shedriya Grampanchayat, Niwai Tehsil,

Tonk District, Rajasthan. The land use of the site is

converted for industrial purpose. Thus, the proposed

project has impact on the land use of the site.

Land Cover: There will be scrapping of soil during

constructional activities which will be balanced within

the project site itself. The land cover will be changed

at local level and will have insignificant impact on the

study area.

Topography: The project is coming up on agricultural

land converted for industrial purpose. The topography

of the site is almost flat while during construction

further leveling will be required.

1.2 Clearance of existing

land, vegetation and

buildings?

Yes Vegetation:-

Currently, there is no significant vegetation at the site

except for few herbs and grasses such as, Calotropis

procera, Parthenium hysterophorus, Saccharum

munja, , Argemone maxicana, Cynodon dactylon,

Amaranthus spinosus, Dactyloctenium aegyptium and



6

Tribulus terrestris present at the site. Thus, no

physical changes is envisaged due to clearance of

locality will be insignificant

Buildings:-

There is no structure existing at the site.

1.3 Creation of new land

uses?

Yes The land use of the site has been changed from

agricultural use to industrial purpose. The land use

breakup of the site is given below:-

S. No.

Particulars Area (sq. m)

(%)

1. Plant area, office area 36421.6 40% 2. Road area 10015.94 11% 3. Green belt 30047.82 33% 4. Open area 14568.64 16%

Total 91054 100 %

1.4 Pre-construction

investigations e.g. bore

houses, soil testing?

No Soil testing will be carried out, as it is a pre-requisite

for assessing the soil characteristics for designing the

structure of the building. This will not cause any

changes in the physical environment.

1.5 Construction works? No The proposed unit will have concrete work for the

construction of work shed, waste storage room, raw

material storage room; D.G. set room, office, lab,

machine room, etc. within the project area. The

overall impact towards physical environment will be

insignificant.

1.6 Demolition works? No --

1.7 Temporary sites used for

construction works or

housing of construction

workers?

Yes There will be no temporary sites created as the labour

deployed will be local.

Temporary storage yard will be provided for the

storage of construction material.

Temporary sheds and hutments will be constructed

for watchman during the construction phase, which

will have localized and temporary impact on physical

environment.

1.8 Above ground buildings,

structures or earthworks

including linear structures,

cut and fill or excavations

Yes The road area will not require any excavation because

land is leveled.

Erection of building will change the view of the site.

The project will also involve excavation of soil during

foundation purposes. The excavated soil will be



7

utilized within the site by balancing with scrap and fill

operations.

1.9 Underground works

including mining or

tunneling?

No No

1.10 Reclamation works? No _

1.11 Dredging? No --

1.12 Offshore structures? No --

1.13 Production and

manufacturing

processes?

Yes The proposed unit will manufacture 2, 16,000 TPA of

Asbestos cement sheets.

The basic raw material required for the manufacturing

of asbestos cement sheets will be cement, fiber, fly

ash and pulp.

The complete process will be done through a closed

circle.

All pollution control measures will be inaugurated.

The proposed manufacturing process will not

contribute any significant changes in the physical

environment. The flow chart showing the complete

manufacturing process is given in Section-II of

EIA/EMP report.

1.14 Facilities for storage of

goods or materials?

Yes Construction Phase: Temporary storage yard will be

provided for the storage of construction material.

Storage yard will be covered from all the sides.

Operation Phase: During operation phase, the

asbestos fiber bags will be stored in storage area.

Other raw materials viz., cement, fly ash, and fibers

will be received in bags and stored in storage area

and will be transported through belt/conveyor/hand

trolley to plant from the storage area. Storage of the

raw materials will be done in their respective godowns

in the factory shed. Due to these facilities changes

towards physical environment will be insignificant.

1.15 Facilities for treatment or

disposal of solid waste or

liquid effluents?

Yes Construction phase:-

Solid waste:-

Construction waste will be generated, out of which:-



8

• Recyclable waste (metal) will be sold to the

vendors.

• The inert waste (brick, masonry, aggregates

concrete etc.) will be used for making of roads,

loading & unloading area.

Liquid effluents:-

Domestic waste water will be generated to the tune of

10.5 KLD. The same will be treated in STP.

Liquid effluents:-

During industrial process, water will be recycled and

reused again in the manufacturing process.

Waste water generated from the domestic purposes

will be to the tune of 10.5 KLD.

1.16 Facilities for long term

housing of operational

workers?

No There will be no provision made for workers within the

area; however labours employed will be from local

area.

1.17 New road, rail or sea

traffic during construction

or operation?

No --

1.18 New road, rail, air

waterborne or other

transport infrastructure

including new or altered

routes and stations, ports,

airports etc?

No The development in terms of infrastructure will be

very minimal and the impact related to the same will

be negligible.

1.19 Closure or diversion of

existing transport routes

or infrastructure leading to

changes in traffic

movements?

No --

1.20 New or diverted

transmission lines or

pipelines?

No --

1.21 Impoundment, damming,

culverting, realignment or

other changes to the

No --



9

hydrology of

watercourses or aquifers?

1.22 Stream crossings? No --

1.23 Abstraction or transfers of

water from ground or

surface waters?

Yes Daily fresh water demand for the proposed project is

around 240 KLD. The water demand will be met from

borewell. The application for NOC from CGWA has

been submitted.

1.24 Changes in water bodies

or the land surface

affecting drainage or run-

off?

No There will be no change in the surface run-off and

drainage of the area as the slope of the site will not be

altered. The project will involve construction of paved

areas and hence, quantity of run-off will increase due

to reduced infiltration. The runoff will be harvested

through well designed storm water pipe network of

rain water harvesting and will be used for recharge of

the aquifers.

1.25 Transport of personnel or

materials for construction,

operation or

decommissioning?

Yes The transportation of raw materials for construction,

operation and products to desired destination will be

carried out by trucks. Daily movement of local labours

will be there. The local employment will be preferred.

Thus, the impact will be negligible.

1.26 Long-term dismantling or

decommissioning or

restoration works?

No --

1.27 Ongoing activity during

decommissioning which

could have an impact on

the environment?

No --

1.28 Influx of people to an area

in either temporarily or

permanently?

Yes During construction phase there will be influx of semi-

skilled and unskilled labour from the nearby villages

and during operation phase there will be influx of staff

members from nearby villages.

1.29 Introduction of alien

species?

No --

1.30 Loss of native species or

genetic diversity?

No --

1.31 Any other actions? No --



10

2. Use of Natural resources for construction or operation of the Project (such as land,

water, materials or energy, especially any resources which are non-renewable or in

short supply):

Information/checklist

confirmation

Yes /

No

Details thereof (with approximate quantities /rates,

wherever possible) with source of information

data

2.1 Land especially

undeveloped or

agricultural land (ha)

Yes The proposed project will cover the maximum

Agriculture topography of 10 km of study area The

land use pattern is indicated in the previous section as

well as in prefeasibility report (Section–I and Section-

III).

2.2 Water (expected source &

competing users) unit:

KLD

Yes The daily fresh water requirement for the proposed

project is 240 KLD. Out of 240 KLD water, industrial

water demand is 225 KLD while 15 KLD water is

required for domestic purposes. During the industrial

process water will be used for slurry formation and

curing purposes. The application for NOC from

CGWA has been submitted

2.3 Minerals (MT) No --

2.4 Construction material –

stone, aggregates, sand /

soil (expected source –

MT)

Yes The site will have concrete work. The building

materials will be coarse aggregate, fine aggregate,

structural steel, bricks, etc. Quantity depends upon

the design criteria.

2.5 Forests and timber

(source – MT)

No --

2.6 Energy including

electricity and fuels

(source, competing users)

Unit: fuel (MT), energy

(MW)

Yes Energy: The total power demand for the proposed

unit will be 750 kVA, which will be supplied from

Rajasthan State Electricity Board.

Fuel: Two D.G. sets of 500 kVA each will be installed

for the complete power back up. The proposed project

area has continuous 24 hours power supply hence, no

diesel will be used during these hours. However, in

case of electricity cut there would be consumption of

around 40 l/hr of fuel per D.G. set.

2.7 Any other natural

resources (use

No --



11

appropriate standard

units)

3. Use, storage, transport, handling or production of substances or materials, which

could be harmful to human health or the environment or raise concerns about

actual or perceived risks to human health.

S.

No.


confirmation

Yes

/

No

Details thereof (with approximate quantities/rates,


data

3.1 Use of substances or

materials, which are

hazardous (as per MSIHC

rules) to human health or

the environment (flora,

fauna, and water

supplies)

Yes The proposed unit is an asbestos cement sheets

manufacturing unit. Asbestos will be used as raw

material, which is hazardous in nature. Asbestos may

cause serious health problems like Asbestosis to the

workers if not treated properly. Following measures

will be taken during work with asbestos fiber:

Closed loop manufacturing process

Automatic bag opening machine

Wear protective clothing and an approved respirator.

Use of vacuum cleaner to clean up the spills/fugitive

emissions.

Thus, asbestos fiber will not be harmful to human

health & environment.

3.2 Changes in occurrence of

disease or affect disease

vectors (e.g. insect or

water borne diseases)

No Proper sanitation facilities will be provided to avoid

insect and water borne disease.

3.3 Affect the welfare of

people e.g. by changing

living conditions?

Yes The proposed project would have positive impact on

the socio-economic status, thus contributing to the

growth of the nearby area.

Increased employment opportunities

Indirect employment: for truck drivers

Periodic medical check-up.

Wages will be provided as per norms.

Appropriate pollution control equipments will be

followed.

The proposed is a long-standing project thus, would

serve as a stable source of employment.



12

3.4 Vulnerable groups of

people who could be

affected by the project

e.g. hospital patients,

children, the elderly etc.,

No --

3.5 Any other causes No --

4. Production of solid wastes during construction or operation or decommissioning

(MT/month)

S.No. Information/Checklist

confirmation

Yes

/

No



data

4.1 Spoil, overburden or mine

wastes

No --

4.2 Municipal waste

(domestic and or

commercial wastes)

No --

4.3 Hazardous wastes (as per

Hazardous Waste

Management Rules)

Yes S.No. Waste Source Quantity MT

1. Empty Fibre

Bags (Category

15.1)

Auto Bag

Opening Device

(BOD)

0.080

2. Fibre Dust

(Category 15.3

From Dust

Collector

attached to ER

Mill & BOD

0.012

3. Cement & Fly

ash Dust

From Dust

Collector

attached to

Cement feeding

& FA feeding

point.

0.100

4. Process Sludge

(Category 15.1)

From Week-end

Tank

0.100

5. Hard Broken

Pieces

(Category 15.1)

Sheet damages

& rejects

9.000

4.4 Other industrial process

wastes.

Yes Sludge generated from the process will be about

0.209 MT, which will be Continuously recycled though



13

the Wet Ball Mill in slurry forms.

4.5 Surplus product. No --

4.6 Sewage sludge or other

sludge from effluent

treatment.

No --

4.7 Construction or demolition

wastes.

No Demolition Wastes: There is no structure at the site;

hence no demolition waste will be generated.

Construction Waste: Construction waste will be

generated out of which recyclable waste (metal) will

be sold to the vendors. The inert waste (brick,

concrete, masonry, aggregates etc.) will be used for

making of driveway & pathway within the site.

4.8 Redundant machinery or

equipment.

No --

4.9 Contaminated soils or

other materials.

No --

4.10 Agricultural wastes. No --

4.11 Other solid wastes. Yes • Empty asbestos fiber bags will be kept in separate

area and send to the vendors.

• Fibre Dust will be periodically recycled after the

container containing water and placed beneath the

rotary valve of the Dust Collector is adequately

filled in.

• Broken pieces will be continuously recycled though

the wet ball mills in slurry form.

5. Release of pollutants or any hazardous, toxic or noxious substances to air (Kg/hr)

S.

No.


confirmation

Yes /

No


wherever possible) with source of information data

5.1 Emissions from

combustion of fossil fuels

from stationary or mobile

sources.

Yes In the proposed unit, emissions from combustion of

fossil fuels will be from D.G. set and transportation. To

control the emission of exhaust gas following

measures will be adopted :-

S.No Source Management

1. 2 D.G. sets

(500 kVA each)

The D.G. set will be provided

with adequate safe stack height

of 10 m above the roof of the



14

D.G. house to regulate the

emission within the permissible

norms.

2. Transportation. Plantation will be done at the

periphery of the proposed

project and local drought

resistive plant will be planted.

33.50% area will be under

plantation. PUC checked

vehicles will be used.

5.2 Emissions from

production processes.

Yes The complete process will be carried out in a closed

loop. The fugitive sources of dust emission will be from

asbestos bag opening, raw material mixing, storage of

the raw material and area emission will be from main

cement silos & transfer lines. The fugitive areas

emissions will be routed through bag filters to control

the pollutants well within the norms. There will be

automatic bag opening devices for opening of

asbestos bags. Air separation unit will be used for

nitrogen.

5.3 Emissions from materials

handling including

storage or transport

Yes

The material handling including storage and

transportation will contribute to fugitive emissions. The

materials will be stored in a closed room to contain the

emission.

• The raw asbestos will be received in pressure

packed and sealed bags. It will be used in moist

form to avoid air borne. The asbestos bags will be

opened in a separate machine in which complete

bag will be fed into the machine and asbestos fiber

will be transferred to the process without any

contact with the workers and atmosphere.

• Cement will be received in bags & stored in the

cement silo, weighed in hopper by automatic

weighing scale and charge into cement conveyor.

• The processing of the asbestos will be done in a

Kollargang, which will be totally sealed and water

will be sprinkled immediately in the machine to



15

detain any air borne asbestos fiber.

• There will be provision of dust collectors for

detaining any dust emanating in the process.

To control the fugitive emissions in proposed unit,

following measures will be adopted:-

• The entire process of asbestos cement sheets

will be in closed loop.

• Covered Conveyor belt system will be used for

the conveying of the materials. Hence, it will help

to avoid the dust emission from the process and

contact with workers.

• Storage and material handling areas will be

enclosed to prevent loose material from

becoming air borne.

• All equipments and valves will be maintained

properly.

• In plant training will be provided to the plant

personnel on operation and maintenance of dust

collectors, techniques of dust emission

measurements, particle size analysis etc.

• Storage of the raw materials will be done in their

respective godowns in the factory shed.

• Automatic bag opening devices will be installed.

• All transportation vehicles will be suitably

covered with tarpaulin & overloading of the

vehicles will be avoided.

• Cleaning all mud and dirt deposited on roads

from construction-related activities.

• 33.50% green area will be developed.

Ambient air quality and stack emissions will be

regularly monitored to ensure that ambient air quality

standards and suggested limits of the stack emission

loads are met honestly all the time.

5.4 Emissions from

construction activities

including plant and

Yes Fugitive dusts from various activities of construction

are expected, which will be temporary in nature.

The fugitive dust emission sources are:



16

equipment 1.Construction operation

Construction operations are significant source of

dust emissions that may have a substantial

temporary impact on local air quality.

Particulate dust emissions from the construction are

a function of total land disturbed and the volume of

soil excavated.

The emission factor will be around 0.062

kg/sq.m./month.

2.Road Construction

Particulate dust emission from road construction

activities are function of the total land disturbed

during construction. The road constructed is used to

estimate the total area disturbed using conversion

factors for area disturbed/road constructed, as a

function of road type.

The emission factor will be around 0.027

kg/sq.m./month.

5.5 Dust or odours from

handling of materials

including construction

materials, sewage and

waste.

Yes Construction phase:-

During the construction of plant area/office area, dust

will be generated to the tune of 0.062 kg/sq.m./month.

During the construction of road, same will be

generated to the tune of 0.027 kg/sq.m./month.

Operation phase:-

During manufacturing process, fibre dust will be

generated to the tune of 0.012 MT.

Sludge generated from the process will be about 0.209

MT, which will be continuously recycled though the

Wet Ball Mill in slurry form.

In the proposed unit, during construction & operation

phase there will be no odour problem.

5.6 Emissions from

incineration of waste

No --

5.7 Emissions from burning

of waste in open air (e.g.

slash materials,

construction debris)

No --



17

5.8 Emissions from any other

sources

No --

6. Generation of Noise and Vibration, and Emissions of Light and Heat:

S.

No.


confirmation

Yes/

No



data

6.1 From operation of

equipment e.g. engines,

ventilation plant, crushers

Yes Major sources of noise pollution will be pumps,

machinery, D.G. sets, etc. Following measures will be

adopted to control the noise and vibration:-

• Foundations and structures will be designed to

minimize vibrations and noise.

• The insulation provided for prevention and loss of

heat and personal safety shall also act as noise

reducer.

• Necessary safety and personal protective

equipment such as ear plugs, ear muffs, helmet

etc. will be provided to the workers.

• Noise levels generated will be maintained to

comply with the Factories Act & Rules and will not

exceed 75 dB (A) at 1 m distance.

• Implementation of green belt (33.50%) within the

premises of plant will help to absorb the noise.

• The D.G. set used will be eco-friendly with

minimum noise.

• Proper lubrication and housekeeping will be

usually done to avoid excessive noise generation.

6.2 From industrial or similar

processes

Yes During industrial process pumps, motors & machinery

will be used. Same will be source of noise in the unit.

6.3 From construction and

demolition

Yes Noise will be generated from the operation of

machineries.

6.4 From blasting or piling No --

6.5 From construction or

operational traffic

Yes During the construction phase, noise will be

generated from movement of vehicles, earth work,

cement mixer, etc. The construction site will be

shielded to avoid the noise propagation and

transportation of the material & machineries will be



18

done at the peak time of the day.

During operation phase, raw material and products

are transported at the peak time of the day.

PUC checked vehicle is used for transportation

purposes.

6.6 From lighting or cooling

systems

No --

6.7 From any other sources No --

7. Risks of contamination of land or water from releases of pollutants into the ground

or into sewers, surface waters, groundwater, coastal waters or the sea:

S.

No.


confirmation

Yes/

No



data

7.1 From handling, storage,

use or spillage of

hazardous materials

No The chrysotile type asbestos fiber will be received in

pressure pack and sealed bags. It will be used in

moist form to avoid air borne of the fibers. It will be

imported from Brazil, Canada and Russia. The

asbestos bags will be opened in a separate machine

in which complete bag will be fed into the machine

and asbestos fiber will be transferred to the process

without any contact with the workers and atmosphere.

There will be facilities for the storage of raw material

as well as product.

7.2 From discharge of

sewage or other effluents

to water or the land

(expected mode and

place of discharge)

No There will be no industrial waste water generated from

the proposed unit; only domestic waste water (10.5

KLD) generated, which will be treated in STP.

7.3 By deposition of pollutants

emitted to air into the land

or into water

No The sources of air emission in the unit are both area

and point. The flue gas emitted from the main cement

silo, transfer line, asbestos bag opening, etc. will be

routed into the atmosphere, the dust deposited on

land and water in near areas will be polluted.



19

Measures will be applied to control the emission of

pollutants.

1. Air

Bag filters (pulse jet) will be installed at fiber dust

collector, cement & fly ash dust collector and

pulverizor dust collector. The height and diameter of

the chimney will be selected in such a way that

chimney will have a velocity sufficient to avoid any

down wash and ensure proper dispersion. Thus will

not cause deposition on land or water body.

2. Water

Domestic waste water will be treated in STP.

3. Land

There will be hazardous waste generated in the form

of asbestos containing residues (category - 15.1 &

15.3). The waste generated will be basically from

rejected, cracked, broken sheets, dust from the bag

filters. However, these solid wastes will be Shredded ,

Periodically recycled through Wet Ball Mill in slurry

form. The same will be stored in the isolated area

and will be disposed off by pulverizing the same and

re-used in the process.

Sludge generated from the process will be about 0.209

MT, which will be Continuously recycled though the


7.4 From any other sources No --

7.5 Is there a risk of long term

build up of pollutants in

the environment from

these sources?

No

Adequate pollution control equipments will be

installed which will keep the emission within the level

as per the norms.

8. Risk of accidents during construction or operation of the Project, which could

affect human health or the environment

S.

No.


confirmation

Yes/

No



data

8.1 From explosions, Yes For protection of the plant, following measures will be



20

spillages, fires etc from

storage, handling, use or

production of hazardous

substances

adopted:-

• On-site emergency preparedness plan and Off-site

emergency preparedness plan has been prepared.

• All precautionary measures will be adopted and

use of protective footwear and helmet will be

mandatory.

• Fire extinguisher will be installed at strategic points

all over the premises, checked at regular intervals

and a record will be made and maintained.

• First aid facilities will be provided for the staff

personals.

• One vehicle will always be on standby for

immediate transport.

• The workers will be provided with the training for

the first aid measures in case of accident.

• The asbestos fiber will be received in pressure

packed and sealed bags.

• The fiber bags will be stacked on pallets and

carried in closed vehicles.

• The bags will contain warning label incorporating

the "A" symbol.

• Hooks and other sharp equipment will not be used

on bags or unit loads.

• A vacuum cleaner will be used for cleaning or

surfaces will be thoroughly wetted before

sweeping.

• All damaged bags will be repaired with adhesive

tape and if need be, placed in a second

impermeable bag, which will be sealed properly

and kept separately for use.

• All units having loose asbestos or other debris on

the bag will be cleaned as soon as possible by

vacuum cleaner.

• The storage area of asbestos fiber will bear the

Warning sign label.

• PPE’s (respirators, ear plug, noise muff and



21

helmet) will be mandatory for the workers.

• However, to meet out the minor incidences and

accidents first aid measures will be provided at

site.

• Dust may create nuisance for the labours.

Therefore, bag house will be installed to control

the dust emission.

• Medical check-up of the workers will be done

periodically.

• The asbestos bags will be placed on pallets very

nearer to the feed chamber. The fiber bags will be

opened and emptied manually in hydro pulper.

• Exhaust ventilation with negative pressure will be

maintained within the enclosure.

• All spills from the broken fiber bags and on the

floor will be cleaned by vacuum hose. If the spill is

more personal protective item like protective

clothing and respirators will be used during

cleaning/ retrieving operation.

8.2 From any other causes No Good construction safety practices will be applied

such as precautionary measures, protective footwear,

helmet. First aid measures at site will be provided in

order to meet out minor incidences and accidents.

Bag house will be installed to control the dust

emission. Medical check-up will be carried out

periodically.

8.3 Could the project be

affected by natural

disasters causing

environmental damage

(e.g. floods, earthquakes,

landslides, cloudburst

etc)?

No --

9. Factors which should be considered (such as consequential development) which

could lead to environmental effects or the potential for cumulative impacts with

other existing or planned activities in the locality



22

S.

No.


confirmation

Yes /

No

Details thereof (with approximate

quantities/rates, wherever possible) with

source of information data

9.1 Lead to development of

supporting cities, ancillary

development or

development stimulated

by the project which could

have impact on the

environment e.g.:

• Supporting

infrastructure (roads,

power supply, waste

or waste water

treatment, etc.)

• housing development

• extractive industries

• supply industries

• other

Yes The proposed project would lead to large scale,

long term stable employment opportunities leading

to standard of living and housing renovation and

development in the study area.

9.2 Lead to after use of the

site, which could have an

impact on environment

No --

9.3 Set a precedent for later

developments

No --

9.4 Have cumulative effects

due to proximity to other

existing or planned

projects with similar

effects

No --

II Environmental Sensitivity (within 15 km radius) –

S.

No.

Areas Name/

Identity

1 Areas protected under

international conventions,

national or local

None There are no archeological protected monuments



23

legislation for their

ecological, landscape,

cultural or other related

value

2 Areas which are important

or sensitive for ecological

reasons - Wetlands,

watercourses or other

water bodies, coastal

zone, biospheres,

mountains, forests

None --

3 Areas used by protected,

important or sensitive

species of flora or fauna

for breeding, nesting,

foraging, resting, over

wintering, migration.

None --

4 Inland, coastal, marine or

underground waters

None --

5 State, National

boundaries

None --

6 Routes or facilities used

by the public for access to

recreation or other tourist,

pilgrim areas

Yes Railway Station: Siras Railway Station


Airport: Jaipur Airport


NH – 11 A: Distance: 7.27 km North.

Saidariya Khurd Town: Distance 1.0 Km South-

West

7 Defense installations None --

8 Densely populated or

built-up area

Yes Niwai

9 Areas occupied by

sensitive man-made land

uses (hospitals, schools,

places of worship,

community facilities)

Yes Hospitals, Educational institution facilities are as

follows in the study area :

Medical Facilities: PHC Mundiya 7.3 km W,

Aaganbadi Munidya 7.4 km W; Aaganbadi

Bhanwati 4.3 km SW; PHC Bhanwati 4.4 km SW;



24

Aaganbadi Lalwari 3.2 km ESE; Upswastha

Kendra Lalwari 3.2 km ESE; Upswastha Kendra

Shedriya 1.8 km NW;

Educational Facilities: Jeevan Jyoti Madhyamik

Vidhyalya, Bhanwata 3.2 km SW; Rajkiya

Madhyamik Vidhyalya Mundiya 6.0 km SW;

Rajkiya Adarsh Uchh Prathmik Vidhyalya, Lalwari

3.5 km ESE, Rajkiya Uchh Prathmik Vidhyalya,

Shedriya 1.7 km NW ; Sandeep Convent School,

Mundiya 6.3 km SW ; Rajkiya Ucch Prathmik

Vidhyalya , Kishorpura 2.0 km NE

Religious places: Bhairon ji ka Baagh 1.6 km NE

Market Places: Unorganasied market place is in

Dahlod 3.4 km NE, Shedriya 2.0 km NW, but for

organized market place villagers commute to

Niwai.

10 Areas containing

important, high quality or

scarce resources (ground

water resources, surface

resources, forestry,

agriculture, fisheries,

tourism, minerals)

None --

11 Areas already subjected

to pollution or

environmental damage.

(those where existing

legal environmental

standards are

exceeded)

None --

12 Areas susceptible to

natural hazard which

could cause the project to

present environmental

problems (earthquakes,

None The area is falling in Zone- II, Low Damage Risk

Zone (MSK VI or less).



25

subsidence, landslides,

erosion, flooding or

extreme or adverse

climatic conditions)

"I hereby given undertaking that the data and information given in the application and

enclosure are true to the best of my knowledge and belief and I am aware that if any part of

the data and information submitted is found to be false or misleading at any stage, the

project will be rejected and clearance give, if any to the project will be revoked at our risk

and cost.

Date:

Place:

Mr. S.R.Warrier

(Assistant General Manager)

Visaka Industries Ltd

Rachakpura Village,

Shedriya Grampanchayat, Niwai Tehsil,

Tonk District,

Rajasthan

Project: Visaka Industries Ltd. SECTION-I INTRODUCTION

Document No.:EESPL/VIL/002/358-EC/IND/2013

Enkay Enviro Services Pvt. Ltd., Jaipur 26

SECTION- I

INTRODUCTION

INDEX

INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................... 26

1.1 PREAMBLE ..................................................................................................... 27

1.2 GENERAL INFORMATION ON ASBESTOS INDUSTRIES ............................ 28

1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE PROCESS ................................................ 28

1.4 TERMS OF REFERENCE ............................................................................... 30

1.5 GENERIC STRUCTURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ... 43

1.6 POST ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARNCE MONITOIRNG ................................. 44

1.7 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT PROPONENT ............................................ 44

1.8 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT ................................................... 44

1.9 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT ..................................................................... 44

1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING OF THE PROJECT SITE .............................. 47




INTRODUCTION 1.1 PREAMBLE

The word "Environment" is most commonly used describing "Natural" environment and

means the sum of all living and non-living things that surround an organism, or group of

organisms. Environment includes all elements, factors, and conditions that have some

impact on growth and development of certain organism. Environmental management is a

way to reach out for environmental conservation, which consolidates ecology, policy making,

planning and social development.

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is a process of evaluating the likely environmental

impacts of a proposed project or development, taking into account inter-related socio-

economic, cultural and human-health impacts, both beneficial and adverse.

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies need a significant amount of primary and

secondary environmental data. Primary data are those collected in the field to define the

status of the environment (like air quality data, water quality data etc.). Secondary data are

those collected over the years that can be used to understand the existing environmental

scenario of the study area.

The eight steps of the EIA process are presented in brief below:

• Screening: First stage of EIA, which determines whether the proposed project,

requires an EIA and if it does, then the level of assessment required.

• Scoping: This stage identifies the key issues and impacts that should be further

investigated. This stage also defines the boundary and time limit of the study.

• Impact analysis: This stage of EIA identifies and predicts the likely environmental

and social impact of the proposed project and evaluates the significance.

• Mitigation: This step in EIA recommends the actions to reduce and avoid the

potential adverse environmental consequences of development activities.

• Reporting: This stage presents the result of EIA in a form of a report to the decision-

making body and other interested parties.

• Review of EIA: It examines the adequacy and effectiveness of the EIA report and

provides the information necessary for decision-making.

• Decision-making: It decides whether the project is rejected, approved or needs

further change.

• Post monitoring: This stage comes into play once the project is commissioned. It

checks to ensure that the impacts of the project do not exceed the legal standards

and implementation of the mitigation measures are in the manner as described in the

EIA report.




1.2 GENERAL INFORMATION ONASBESTOSINDUSTRIES

The word ‘asbestos' has been derived from the Greek word meaning "indestructible"or

"inextinguishable". The very meaning reflects the durability of thematerial. This property of

asbestos resists its erosion against dust and rain, andthus prompted civilization to use it

where durability is needed. There are a large number of asbestos products manufacturing

industries in India,both in large and medium scale sectors. These industries are spread over

in aboutfifteen major states. Nearly sixty units are in operation. However, significantamount

of small scale sector and unorganized sector are located around the majorurban centers. In

India, mostly asbestos are used in non-friable and cementations products.The major raw

materials which will be used in the manufacturing of asbestos cement sheets are ordinary

portland cement, fiber, fly ash and pulp.The Asbestos used by the proposed unit will be

Chrysotile (also known as white asbestos).Asbestos is used in the building industry because

of its inexpensive processing and its special chemical and physical properties which makes it

quite strong and durable. Asbestos is a fibrous silicate mineral that maintains chemical

resistance especially to alkalis, fire resistance, mechanical strength due to the fibers’ high

length to diameter ratio, flexibility, and good friction and wear characteristics. While used

separately in many successful applications, asbestos and cement are combined to form an

innovative new building material. The project is proposed for its advantages of Asbestos-

cement products such as its durability, fire resistance, and ease in processing; forming,

installing, and overall economic benefits and its use in a host of applications like Asbestos

cement roof, etc.

The asbestos cement sheet industry recorded a growth of 10 to 12% yearly in India. Experts

believe that the high growth rates clocked by the sector have been mainly possible due to

the sustained demand in the rural sector, which accounts for over 50% of the market for the

asbestos industry.

The proposed project aims to fill the gap between the demand and supply of Asbestos

cement sheetsin the region. The Asbestos cement industry has witnessed continuous

modernization and adoption of new technologies in recent years. Hence, the project is

proposed to be an automized unit to encompass all technical and social advantages in the

region and also contribute (though marginally) in the stabilization of its prices through

fulfilling required supply.

1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE PROCESS

The proposed unit is categorized under 4 (c) 3 of Gazette Notification dated Sep 14th, 2006

and subsequent amendments on 01.12.09 and 04.04.2011 {Asbestos milling and



asbestosbased products}. The same is categorized as “A” category. These stages in

sequential order are:-

1. Scoping

2. Public consultation

3. Appraisal

The flow chart depicting these stages to obtain the prior Environmental Clearance for the

existing project is as given below:--2006 is as under:-

Figure 1.1

Environment Clearance process chart

Project Concept

Form 1, pre-feasibility project report with proposed TOR to MoE&F (EAC)

Scoping by EAC (site visit by sub group of EAC, if necessary)

TOR approved by EAC EC- rejected by MoE&F on the recommendation of EAC

Draft EIA report to SPCB by project proponent

Public consultation process by SPCB

Summary EIA and Form 1 – display on the website by SPCB

Proceedings of public consultation

Appraisal and recommendation by

EAC

Display on the MoE&F website

Display at Panchayat, ZP, DM/DC/Dy. Com & on the SPCB website

To proponent for submission of final EIA report/Supplementary report to draft EIA

Approval by MoE&F

Rejected Approved Display on MoE&F website & project proponent website

Post EC monitoring

Submission of half yearly compliance report to MoE&F/RO-MoE&F Display of compliance report on

MoE&F website




1.4 TERMS OF REFERENCE

The application for the Terms of Reference ofVisaka Industries Ltd.– a proposed Asbestos

Cement Sheets manufacturing project to the tune of 2,16,000 TPA, has been submitted to

The Ministry of Environment & Forests on 20.7.2012. The5thReconstituted Expert Appraisal

Committee of Industrial projects considered the project during its meeting held on 31stJan

’2013. Based on the consideration of the documents and presentation, the Reconstituted

Expert Appraisal Committee ofMoE&F prescribed the Terms of Referencethe copy is

enclosed asAnnexure-I. The point raised in the TOR issued by MOE&F is attended as

under:-

TOR

Ref.

Points mentioned In TOR issued by

MoEF&CC

Implementation Plan/ Compliance

1. Executive summary of the project. A separate section of summary and

conclusion is given as Section- IX of

EIA/EMP report.

2. Photographs of the proposed plant area. The photographs of the proposed plant

area are enclosed as Annexure- II.

3. A line diagram/flow sheet for the process

and EMP.

The flow diagram of the manufacturing

process is given in Section- II, point

no.2.11 of EIA/EMP report.

4. The earlier questionnaire for industry

sector should be submitted while

submitting EIA/EMP.

The questionnaire for industry is

enclosed as Annexure- III.

5. Modern up-to-date asbestos plant with

automatic bag opening devices should be

installed.

The unit is proposing asbestos plant

with automatic bag opening devices.

The details of the same is given in

Section- II, point no.2.5.1 and 2.5.2

of EIA/EMP report

6. The safety measures adopted during

import and transport of asbestos from

Canada or any other country should be

installed.

The unit will take all safety measures

during import and transport of

asbestos from Russia and other

countries, the details of the same is

given in Section- II, point no. 2.5 of

EIA/EMP report.

7. Present land use of study area for 10 km

should be included. Detailed topographical

The detailed land use and land cover

map has been prepared using the




map indicating drainage pattern and other

features of the area should also be

included.

satellite imagery. The same is given in

section- III, point no. 3.3 of EIA/EMP

report.

The legible map of land use and land

cover is enclosed as Annexure- IV.

8. Proposal should be submitted to the

Ministry for environmental clearance only

after acquiring total land. Necessary

documents indicating acquisition of land

viz. allotment letter should be included.

The proposed project will come up in

land measuring 28 Acres. The unit has

acquired the land. The land

documents is enclosed as Annexure-

V.

9. High-resolution satellite image data having

1m-5m spatial resolution like quickbird,

Ikonos, IRS p-6 pan sharpened etc. for the

10 km radius area from proposed site

should be incorporated. The same should

be used for land used/land-cover mapping

of the area.

The land use/land cover map using the

high resolution satellite image is

enclosed as Annexure- IV.

10. Project site layout plan to scale using

AutoCAD, raw materials, fly ash and other

storage plans, bore well or water storage,

aquifers(within 1 km) dumping, waste

disposal, green areas, water bodies,

rivers/drainage passing through the project

site should be included.

The project site layout plan to scale

using auto cad showing all salient

features of the project is enclosed as

Annexure- VI.

11. For the project location within 10 km radius

of any major river, Flood Hazard Zonation

Mapping is required at 1:5000 to 1:10, 000

scale indicating the peak and lean river

discharge as well as flood occurrence

frequency.

There is no major perennial river in the

study area except for few scattered

water bodies. Thus, flood hazard is

least expected in the close proximity of

the project site. So far no such case is

reported in the study area.

12. Geo-technical data by a bore hole of upto

40 mts. in every one sq.km area such as

ground water level, SPTN values, soil

fineness, geology, shear wave velocity etc.

for liquefaction studies. This will help

making a future Seismic Hazard and

The proposed project is coming up in

Tonk district which is notified as zone-

II, low damage risk zone(MSK VI or

less) as per BMTPC (Building

materials and technology promotion

council), GOI. Thus, geo- technical




Earthquake Risk Management area. data study is not applicable for our

project.

13. Site specific micro meteorological data

including inversion height and mixing

height should be included.

The site specific metrological data has

been generated for summer season of

March to May’2013. The copy of the

same enclosed as Annexure-X. The

summary of the same is given below:-

Micro meteorological data for the study period at project site

Month Temperature (0C)

Relative Humidity (%)

Rainfall in mm

Wind Speed mph

Max Min Max Min Max Total Max Min

March - 2013 37.0 12.5 86.9 9.5 0 0 9.0 < 1.0

April - 2013 41.1 17.5 77.8 9.5 0 0 11.0 < 1.0

May - 2013 45.4 20.9 83.5 9.5 0 0 14.0 < 1.0

14. Details of the other industries located in 10

km radius should be included.

There are no major industries in study

area except for few brick kiln

industries.

15. One season baseline data on air, water,

soil and noise etc. should be included.

One season baseline data has been

generated. The copy of the same is

enclosed as Annexure- VII.

16.

A chapter on chemistry of Asbestos,

handling of asbestos material, precaution

proposed for the direct contact,

arrangements made for storage and

monitoring of asbestos fibers etc. other

details as per given below:

The details on chemistry of asbestos,

and other handling details are

elaborated in Section- II, point no.

2.2 of EIA/EMP report.

I. Size of silica sand, transportation,

storage, spillway of melt and

temperature management for float

glass and mirror industry along with

silicosis management and toxicity

studies and management for Ag etc.

Not Applicable.




II. Source and location of Asbestos (GPS)

even if imported, size in F/ml, levels in

environment, Chemical composition of

raw material as specially amount of

Tremolite, Crocidolite, Amosite and

other amphiboles, Hexavalent chromium

in raw material especially in serpentine,

talc and chrysotile, Electron microscopy,

XRD and Raman Spectra studies.

The MSDS sheet of asbestos fibre is

enclosed as Annexure- VIII A.And the

test report for type of asbestos and its

composition by XRD analysis, SEM-

EDS and hexavalent chromium is

enclosed as Annexure- VIII B.

III. Health Management Plan for

Mesothalmia, Lung cancer and

Asbestosis related problems in

asbestos industries.

The health management plan is given

in Section- VI, point no. 6.9 of

EIA/EMP report.

17. Petrological and Chemical analysis and

other chemical properties of raw materials

used (with GPS location of source of raw

material) i.e. ores, minerals, rock, soil,

coal, iron, dolomite, quartz etc. using high

definition and precision instruments

mentioning their detection range and

methodology such Digital Analyzers, AAS

with Graphite furnace, ICPMS, MICRO-

WDXRF, EPMA, XRD, Nano studies or at

least as per 130-10500 and WHO norms.

These analyses should include trace

element and metal studies like Cr (vi) Ni,

Fe, AS, Pb, Zn, Hg, Se, S etc. Presence of

radioactive elements (U Th, etc.), if

applicable, should also be included.

Asbestos Fibre mineralogical &

Chemical (for heavy elements)

analysis report is enclosed as

Annexure- IX.

18. Petrography, grain size analysis and Major

element analysis of raw material and soil

from project site and raw material should

be done on the same parameters along

with analysis for SiO2,Al2O3, MgO, MnO,

K2O, CaO, FeO, Fe2O3 , P2O5 ,H2O, CO2

Asbestos Fibre mineralogical &

Chemical (for heavy elements)

analysis report is enclosed as

Annexure- IX.




19. If these rocks, ores, raw material has trace

elements their petrography, ore

microscopy, XRD, elemental mapping

EPMA, XRF is required to quantify the

amount present in it and hence future risk

involved while using it and management

plan.

There are no trace elements in the raw

material as can be seen in enclosed

report asAnnexureVIII B&IX. Thus,

this point is not applicable on our

project.

20. Modes of transport of raw materials from

sources are to be shown. All the trucks for

raw material and finished product

transportation must be “Environmentally

compliant”.

Asbestos fiber (Chrysotile variety) is

imported from Russia, Brazil,Canada.It

is received in shrink or stretch-

wrapped HDPE woven bags. Fiber

bags are received tightly packed in

wooden pallets and transported in

closed containers. The bags bear the

warning symbol “a”.

After unloading containers are cleaned

using Vacuum cleaners. Palletized

fibre Bags are stacked inside closed

go-down.

21. Studies are also required for management

of muck disposal, slurry, sludge material

and solid waste generated if the raw

materials used has trace elements and a

management plan.

As such no solid waste for disposal is

envisaged from the proposed project.

The entire process is in closed loop

and solid waste generated in the

process is recycled back in to the

system.

The management plan for the same is

given in Section- IV, point no. 4.5.2

of EIA/EMP report.

22.

Air quality modeling for the Asbestos handling system. Ambient air quality

monitoring, modeling along with cumulative impact. Following are to be included as

an Annexure for the day (24 hrs) considered for maximum GLC:

I. Emissions (g/second) with and without

the air pollution control measures.

The details of the same is given in

Section- IV, point no. 4.3.2 of

EIA/EMP report

II. Meteorological inputs (wind speed,

m/s), wind direction, ambient air

The metrological input data for

modeling is enclosed as Annexure-X.




temperature, cloud cover, relative

humidity & mixing height) on hourly

basis.

III. Model input options for terrain, plume

rise, deposition etc.

The model input for terrain, plume rise,

deposition is enclosed as Annexure-

XI.

IV. Print-out of model input and output on

hourly and daily average basis.

Print- out of model input and output on

hourly basis is enclosed as Annexure-

XI.

V. A graph of daily averaged

concentration (MGLC scenario) with

downwind distance at every 500 m

interval covering the exact location of

GLC.

A graph of daily averaged

concentration (MGLC scenario) with

downwind distance at every 500 m

interval covering the exact location of

GLC is giveninAnnexure- XII.

VI. Details of air pollution control methods

used with percentage efficiency that

are used for emission rate estimation

with respect to each pollutant.

The details of the pollution control

equipment is given in Section- IV,

point no. 4.3.3 of EIA/EMP report.

VII. Applicable air quality standards as per

LULC covered in the study area and %

contribution of the proposed plant to

the applicable air quality standard. In

case of expansion project, the

contribution should be inclusive of both

existing and expanded capacity.

Ambient air quality has been done

according to the CPCB air quality

standards. All the parameters are

observed within the permissible limits.

Details of the ambient air quality are

given in Section-III of the EIA/ EMP

report.

VIII. No. I-VII are to be repeated for fugitive

emissions and any other source type

relevant and used for industry.

The fugitive emission due to

transportation is considered in air

quality modeling.The management of

the same is given in Section- IV,


IX. Graphs of monthly average daily

concentration with down-wind distance.

The graph for different pollutants of

ambient air quality monitoring is

enclosed as Annexure- XII.

X. Specify when and where the ambient

air quality standards are exceeded

either due to the proposed plant alone

The detail of the incremental load due

to the proposed project is given in

Section IV.The table showing the




or when the plant contribution is added

to the background air quality.

incremental concentration of pollutant

is given below:-

Pollutant Concentration (µµµµg/m3)

Baseline

(Max.) Incremental Resultant

Distance (km)

Direction

PM10

Project Site 39.3 2.9 42.2 -- --

Sedria 52.8 1.2 54 1.9 NW

DeholdkiDhani 42.5 3.5 46 2.7 NNE

Kishore PurakiDhani 41.6 1.7 43.3 1.6 NE

Lalwari 52.9 1.2 54.1 3.0 ESE

Shrisukhpur 41.2 3.5 44.7 1.0 SSE

Thunj(Radhagovindpura) 41.5 2.9 44.4 1.5 SSW

BhagatpurRampura 41.3 0.6 41.9 3.6 WNW

PM2.5

Project Site 20.3 1.9 22.2 -- --

Sedria 27.9 0.7 28.6 1.9 NW

DeholdkiDhani 21.6 1.9 23.5 2.7 NNE

Kishore PurakiDhani 21 0.8 21.8 1.6 NE

Lalwari 26.3 0.8 27.1 3.0 ESE


Thunj(Radhagovindpura) 21.6 2.6 24.2 1.5 SSW

BhagatpurRampura 21.3 0.4 21.7 3.6 WNW

NOx

Project Site 12.6 4.3 16.9 -- --

Sedria 15.6 1 16.6 1.9 NW

DeholdkiDhani 13.2 3.5 16.7 2.7 NNE

Kishore PurakiDhani 13.2 2.6 15.8 1.6 NE

Lalwari 15.3 1.8 17.1 3.0 ESE


Thunj(Radhagovindpura) 13.6 3.5 17.1 1.5 SSW BhagatpurRampura 14.5 0.1 14.6 3.6 WNW

CO

Project Site 123 2.8 126 -- --

Sedria 248 0.7 249 1.9 NW

DeholdkiDhani 215 1.7 217 2.7 NNE

Kishore PurakiDhani 215 1.2 216 1.6 NE

Lalwari 291 0.7 292 3.0 ESE

Shrisukhpur 182 2.8 185 1.0 SSE

Thunj(Radhagovindpura) 182 2.3 184 1.5 SSW

BhagatpurRampura 182 0.1 182 3.6 WNW

XI. Fugitive dust protection or dust

reduction technology for workers within

30 m of the plant active areas.

Fugitive dust protection or dust

reduction technologies for workers

within 30 m of the plant active areas

are addressed in Section-VI of the

EIAEMP report.

XII. Existing stack emission data and fibre

concentration in the work zone.

The unit is proposed unit. Thus, this is

not applicable on our project.

23. Sources of Secondary Emissions, Its

Control and Monitoring as per The CPCB

The source of air emission is given in

Section- IV, point no. 4.3, of




Guidelines And Latest Notification Vide

G.S.R. 414(E) Dated 30Th May, 2008

should be included.

EIA/EMP report.

24. Chemical characterization of RSPM and

incorporation of RSPM data. Location of

one AAQMS in downwind direction.

The chemical characterization of

RSPM is given below:-

CHEMICAL CHARACTERIZATION ANALYSIS OF PM10

Location Name : Project Site Date of Sampling : 15.04.2013

S. No Characteristics Units Project Site

1. Respirable Particulate Matter (PM10) µg/m3 35.4

2. Calcium as Ca µg/m3 1.81

3. Magnesium as Mg µg/m3 0.23

4. Sodium as Na µg/m3 0.02

5. Potassium as K µg/m3 0.01

6. Chromium as Cr µg/m3 <0.01

7. Aluminum as Al µg/m3 <0.01

8. Lead as Pb µg/m3 <0.01

9. Zinc as Zn µg/m3 <0.01

10. Iron as Fe µg/m3 <0.01

11. Nickel as Ni µg/m3 <0.01

12. Barium as Ba µg/m3 <0.01

13. Cadmium as Cd µg/m3 < 0.01

14. Mercury as Hg µg/m3 <0.001

CHEMICAL CHARACTERIZATION ANALYSIS OF PM 10

S. No. Characteristics Units Values

1. Particulate Matter (PM10) (1264 m

3 sample Volume)

µg/m3 35.4

2. Silica µg/m3 <0.1

3.

POLY-AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS (PAH)

Compound (PAH) Minimum Detection Limit (ug/L)

Result (ug/L)

LC Column PAH (HC-ODC SIL-X eq

I Naphthalene 1.8 1.9

II Acenaphthalene 2.3 1.8

III Acenaphthene 1.8 1.9

IV Fluorene 0.21 <0.21

GC Column 3% OV-17 Chromosorb

A Anthracene (Group + Phenanthrene) 28.7 28.8

B Pyrene 3.4 3.4

C BenzoFluranthene 3.1 < 3.1

D Benao (a) pyrene 4.0 4.1

E Fluoranthene 3.0 < 3.0

F Chrysene 4.2 < 4.2

Note: Total PAH observed in the Air Volume are 41.9 µg/L which is represented by actual sample volume of 1224 m

3. The volume of total PAH PM10 works out <0.05 µg/m

3. The

above results interpreted in light of the AAQ standards, indicated that the Ambient Air quality of the sampling location was free of PAH contamination at the time of sampling.

25. Action plan to follow National Ambient Air

Quality Emission Standards issued by the

ministry vide G.S.R. No. 826(E) dated

Details regarding the same are given

inSection-IV of the EIA/EMP report.




16thNovember, 2009 should be included.

26. Action plan for rainwater harvesting

measures at plant site should be

submitted to harvest rainwater from the

roof tops and storm water drains to

recharge the ground water and also to use

for the various activities at the project site

to conserve fresh water and reduce the

water requirement from other sources.

Rainwater harvesting and ground water

recharge structures may also be

constructed outside the plant premises in

consultation with local Gram Panchayat

and Village Heads to augment the ground

water level. Incorporation of water

harvesting plan for the project is

necessary, if source of water is bore well.

Rain water harvesting is proposed at

the plant site. The details of the same

are given in Section- IV, Point no.

4.4.3 of EIA/EMP report.It is

estimated that the total volume of

water generated in project

premises from rooftop, road/paved

& open area in asingle storm on 40

mm peak rainfall intensity would

be- 410m3. Rainwater harvesting

structures are proposed in the

enterprises social commitments,

towards sustainable development

in due consultation with Gram

Panchayat, Shedriya and local

authorities for Government schools

and health centers.

27. Actual source and permission for the drawl

of water from bore well from the

SGWB/CGWA or concerned authority and

water balance data including quantity of

effluent generated, recycled and reused

and discharged is to be provided. Methods

adopted/to be adopted for the water

conservation should be included.

The unit has obtained NOC from

CGWA for ground water abstraction

vide letter no. CGWA/IND/Proj/2014-

1565, dated 3rd Sep 2014.The copy of

the same is enclosed asAnnexure-

XIV.

28. Ground water monitoring minimum at 8

locations should be included.

The ground water monitoring is given

in Section- III of EIA/EMP report.

29. Scheme for proper storage of Asbestos

fibres and disposal of solid/hazardous

waste should be included.

The details of proper storage of

asbestos fibre are given in Section- II,

point no. 2.3 of EIA/EMP report.

The management of hazardous waste

is given in Section- IV, point no. 4.5

of EIA/EMP report.

30. Presence of aquifer/aquifers within 1 km of The details of the Hydrogeology




the project boundaries should be included.

Management plan for recharging the

aquifer should be submitted.

&Drainage are given in Section- III,

point no. 3.6.1 of EIA/EMP

report.The management plan for

recharging the ground water is given in

Section- IV, point no. 4.4.2 of

EIA/EMP report

31. Source of surface or ground water level,

site (GPS), cation, anion (ion

chromatograph), metal trace element (as

above) chemical analysis for water to be

used along with a Piper and Piper Duro-V

diagram. If surface water is used from

river, rainfall, discharge rate, quantity,

drainage and distance from project site

should also be included.

The source of water for the project is

ground water. The proposed project

will require 240 KLD fresh water. The

unit proposes to recharge the ground

water to the tune of 22373.52

m3/annum.The chemical analysis of

Ground water is given in Section- III,


There is no major surface water in the

study area.

32. Ground water analysis with bore well data,

litho-logs, drawdown and recovery tests to

quantify the area and volume of aquifer

and its management should be included.

The report on ground water analysis

with bore well data and drawdown and

recovery test is enclosed as

Annexure- XV.

33. Ground water modeling showing the

pathways of the pollutants should be

included.

The proposed unit is zero discharge

unit. Thus, the chances of ground

water contamination are negligible.

34. Column leachate study for all types of

stockpiles or waste disposal sites, at 20o

C-50OC should be conducted and

included.

There is no chance of leachate in the

proposed project. The raw material will

be stored in dry form with in the closed

godown. Thecomplete process is in

closed system and no solid waste is

generated to be stored in stock piles.

35. All sampling for water have to be done

during the peak summer time (Sampling

number, dates and standard deviation

should be included.

The ground water monitoring is done

during March’2013 to April’2013. The

result of the same is given in Section-

III, point no. 3.6.4 of EIA/EMP report.

36. Incorporation of water harvesting plan for

the project is necessary, if source of water

is bore well should be ensured.

The detailed water harvesting plan is

given in Section- IV, point no. 4.4.5

of EIA/EMP report.




37. Provision of traps and treatment plants are

to be made, if water is getting mixed with

oil, grease and cleaning agents should be

included.

The complete process is in closed

loop system with no waste water

discharge from the process. The

details of water balance and treatment

is given in Section –II, point no. 2.7

of EIA/EMP report.

38. If water is mixed with solid particulates,

proposal for sediment pond before further

transport should be included. The

sediment pond capacity should be 100

times the transport capacity.

Two number of recuperative tanks of

100 KL capacity each is proposed for

storing the re circulating water.

39. Wastewater characteristics (heavy metals,

anions and cations, trace metals, PAH)

from asbestos bearing effluent should be

included.

The complete process is in closed loop

system with no waste water discharge

from the process.

40. The pathways for pollution via seepages,

evaporation, residual remains are to be

studied for surface water (drainage, rivers,

ponds, and lakes), sub-surface and ground

water with a monitoring and management

plans should be included.

The proposed unit is a zero waste

water discharge unit.As such no solid

waste for disposal is generated.

The raw material is stored in dry form

with in the closed godown. The entire

process is in closed loop with solid

waste generated in the process is

recycled back in to the system. The

management plan for the same is

given in Section- IV, point no. 4.5 of

EIA/EMP report.

41. All stock piles should be on top of a stable

liner to avoid leaching of materials to

ground water.

Not Applicable. The details given in

above TOR point no. 40, 34 and 29.

42. The green belt should be around the

project boundary in 33% area and a

scheme for greening of the travelling roads

should also be incorporated. All

rooftops/terraces should have some green

cover.

The unit has proposed 33 % for green

belt for the proposed unit. The

detailed green development plan is

given in section- VIII, point no. 8.4 of

EIA/EMP report.

43. Disaster Management plans including risk The detailed disaster management




assessment and damage control needs to

be addressed and included.

plan is given in Section- VI of

EIA/EMP report.

44. Details regarding expected Occupational

and Safety Hazards. Protective measures

for Occupational Safety & Health Hazards

so that such exposure can be kept within

permissible exposure level so as to protect

health of workers. Health of the workers

with special reference to Occupational

Health. Plan of exposure specific health

status evaluation of workers; pre-

placement and periodical health status of

workers; plan of evaluation of health of

workers by pre-designed format, chest x-

ray, Audiometric, Spirometry Vision testing

(Far & near vision, colour vision and any

other ocular defect) ECG, during pre

placement and periodical examinations

and pan of monthly and yearly report of

the health status of workers with special

reference to Occupational Health & Safety.

The details regarding occupational

and safety hazards is given in

Section- VI of EIA/EMP report.

45. Detailed action plan for compliance of the

directions (including the recent

Kalyaneswari case) of the Hon’ble

Supreme Court of India regarding

occupational health & safety measures in

asbestos industries should be included.

The detailed action plan for

compliance of direction is given in

Section- VIII of EIA/EMP report.

46. Detailed description of the flora and fauna

(terrestrial and aquatic) should be given

with special reference to rare, endemic

and endangered species.

The detailed flora and fauna of the

study area is given in Section- III,

point no. 3.8 of EIA/EMP report.

47. Compliance to the recommendations

mentioned in the CREP guidelines should

be included.

No separate CREP recommendations

have been stipulated for Asbestos

plant. However allrequired

environmental management systems/

will be implemented to comply with




MoEF / CPCB / RSPCB norms. All the

codes stipulated by BIS will be strictly

implemented

48. An action plan on entire operation should

be automatic and closed system for all

operations for fibre handling and

processing should be included.

The unit will install automatic and

closed system. The details of the

same are given in Section- II of

EIA/EMP report.

49. Details of arrangement for measurement

and monitoring of asbestos fibre (phase

contrast microscope) should be included.

The unit will install all the in house

monitoring equipments required for

asbestos monitoring. The details of the

same are given in Section- V of

EIA/EMP report.

50. Detailed Environment Management Plan

(EMP) with specific reference to details of

air pollution control system water and

waste water management, monitoring

frequency, responsibility and time bound

implementation plan for mitigation

measure should be provided.

The detailed environment

management plan is given Section-

VIII of EIA/EMP report.

51. EMP should include the concept of waste-

minimization, recycle/reuse/recovery

techniques, Energy conservation, and

natural resource conservation.

The detailed environment

management plan is given Section-

VIII of EIA/EMP report.

52. EMP should include a clear map for

plantation/greenbelt.

The green belt development program

is given in Section- VIII, point no. 8.4

of EIA/EMP report.The greenbelt

landscape plant layout is enclosed as

Annexure- XVIII.

53. Commitment that laboratory for monitoring

asbestos fibres will be established at the

site.

The unit will develop in house

laboratory for asbestos monitoring.

The details of the same are given in

Section – V of EIA/EMP report.

54. Public hearing issues raised and

commitments made by the project

proponent on the same should be included

separately in EIA/EMP report in the form of

Public hearing has been conducted as

per the EIA Notification 2006 and

amendment thereof. The issues raised

and a commitment made by the




tabular chart with financial budget for

complying with the commitments made.

project proponent has been included in

the report.

55. At least 5% of the total cost of the project

should be earmarked towards the

Enterprise Social Commitment based on

Public Hearing issues and item wise

details along with time bound action plan

should be included. Socio-Economic

development activities need to be

elaborated upon.

A sum of Rs. 2,83,10,000/- equivalent

to 5% of the project cost is earmarked

towards the enterprises social

commitment. Public hearing has been

conducted. The details are given in

Section VI, point no. 6.9 of the EIA /

EMP report.

56. Any litigation pending against the project

and/or any direction /order passed by any

Court of Law against the project, if so,

details thereof should also be included.

No litigation is pending in court of law

to the best of our knowledge

1.5 GENERIC STRUCTURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is a well planned process to predict the

environmental consequences of any kind of development, which is result of human activities

and to suggest appropriate measures in order to reduce adverse effects and also to

augment positive effects. The EIA procures a rational and ethical approach for sustainable

development.However,it is more scientific process because it not only tells the past, present

and the future consequences of going on development , but also predicts the future events

which likely to change due to some reasons.

In terms of the EIA notification of the MOE&F dated 14th September 2006 and subsequent

amendment on 01.12.09 and 04.04.2011, the generic structure of EIA documents shall be as

under:-

• Introduction

• Project Description

• Description of the Environment

• Anticipated Environmental Impact &Mitigation Measures

• Environmental Monitoring Program

• Additional Studies

• Project benefits

• Environment Management Plan

• Summary & Conclusion

• Disclosure of Consultant Engaged




1.6POST ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARNCE MONITOIRNG

This is a new project; hence post-environmental clearance monitoring is not applicable.

Although, the project management will submit half-yearly compliance reports of the

stipulated prior environmental clearance terms and conditions on 1st June and 1st December

of each calendar year.

1.7 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT PROPONENT

Promoters of the proposed New Asbestos Cement Project are Visaka Industries Limited.

The Company is professionally managed under the leadership of Dr G.Vivekananda (who

holds an MBBS degree) who is the promoter and Vice Chairman. He has over 27 years of

experience in the Asbestos Cement Industry and 22 years in the Spinning Industry. He is

assisted by a competent team of professionals in the fields of Technical, Marketing, Finance

and Administration, with several years of experience in their respective fields.The company

was originally promoted in 1981 by Dr.G.Vivekananda, and Andhra Pradesh Industrial

Development Corporation (APIDC). APIDC has since disinvested its shareholding (26% of

original share capital) to the Dr.G.Vivekananda in the year 1990.

1.8 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

The proposed project is an Asbestos cement sheets manufacturing Unit. The proposed

production capacity of the unit is 2, 16,000TPA. The total land area occupied by the unit is

28 Acres. The Unit is coming up at Rachakpura Village, Shedriya Grampanchayat, Niwai

Tehsil, Tonk District, Rajasthan State. The total project cost will be Rs. 56.62 Crores. The

unit has earmarked Rs. 50 Lakh for environment Management plan as capital investment

and Rs. 10 lakhs as recurring cost.

1.9 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

The project will come at Rachakpura Village, Shedriya Grampanchayat, Niwai Tehsil, Tonk

District, Rajasthan.

The site falls in geological survey of India of toposheet No. 45N/14, 45N/15, 54B/2 & 54B/3.

The geographical location of the project is-

NW NE SE SW

Latitude 26o 26’ 04.82” N 26o 26’ 00.49” N 26o 25’ 51.55” N 26o 25’ 52.86” N

Longitude 76o 01’ 03.17” E 76o 01’ 13.38” E 76o 01’ 11.68” E 76o 01’ 00.39” E




The plan clearly showing the project site and study area of 10 km radius is shown in Figure

1.2& Figure 1.3




Figure No. 1.2 Location Map




Figure No. 1.3

Topographical map showing 10 km radius

*Source: G.T. Sheet of Survey of India

1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING OF THE PROJECT SITE

Sr. No. Particulars Details

1 Location

A Village Rachakpura

B Tehsil Niwai

C District Tonk

D State Rajasthan

E Latitude 26o 26’ 00.49” N

26o 26’ 00.49” N

26o 25’ 51.55” N

26o 25’ 52.86” N




F Longitude 76o 01’ 03.17” E

76o 01’ 13.38” E

76o 01’ 11.68” E

76o 01’ 00.39” E

G Toposheet No. 45N/14, 45N/15, 54B/2 & 54B/3

H Total Plant Area 28 Acres

2 Land use at the

project area

Agricultural land converted for industrial purpose.

3 Nearest habitation Nearest habitation in SaidariyaKhurd1.0 km South-

West.

4 Nearest major town SaidariyaKhurd at a distance of 1.0 Km South-West

5 Nearest highway NH 11A at a distance of 7.27 km N connecting

Manoharpura to Kothum.

6 Nearest railway track

from Project site

9.03 km towards West

7 Nearest airport Jaipur airport at a distance of 47.21 km NNW

8 Nearest Railway

Station

Siras Railway Station at a distance of 19.36 km S.

9 Nearest tourist places Nil with in 10 km radius

10 Defence installations Nil with in 10 km radius

11 Archaeological

important

Nil with in 10 km radius

12 Reserved / Protected

forest / National

Parks / Wildlife

Sanctuary (from

Project Site)

Reserved Forest is at a distance of 5.21 km NE.

13 Nearest streams /

Rivers / water bodies

(from Project Site)

S.No Rivers Distance (km)

Direction

1. Dhilnadi 3.13 km SSW

13 Other Industries None within the study area.

14 Seismic zone The area is falling in Zone- II, Low Damage Risk

Zone (MSK VI or less).

*********

Project: Visaka Industries Ltd. SECTION-II/Project Description

Document No.: EESPL/VIL/002/358-EC/IND./2013


SECTION-II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

INDEX

PROJECT DESCRIPTION .................................................................................................. 50

2.1 INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................... 50

2.2 GENERAL INFORMATION ON ASBESTOS ........................................................... 50

2.3 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT ....................................................................... 53

2.4 PLANT LAYOUT ..................................................................................................... 53

2.5 RAW MATERIALS STORAGE AND QUANTITY ..................................................... 54

2.6 CAPACITY OF THE PROJECT ............................................................................... 56

2.7 WATER REQUIREMENT ........................................................................................ 56

2.8 POWER .................................................................................................................. 57

2.9 SCHEDULE OF APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION .......................................... 58

2.10 MAN POWER .......................................................................................................... 58

2.11 MANUFACTURING PROCESS............................................................................... 58

************




PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 INTRODUCTION

The proposed unit is categorized under 4 (c) 3 of Gazette Notification dated Sep 14th, 2006

and subsequent amendment on 01.12.09 {Asbestos milling and asbestos based products}.

The same is categorized as “A” category.

Visaka Industries Ltd. has proposed to set up a manufacturing unit of 2,16,000 TPA capacity

of Asbestos Cement Sheets at Visaka Industries Ltd., Rachakpura Village, Shedriya

Grampanchayat, Niwai Tehsil, Tonk District, Rajasthan.

2.2 GENERAL INFORMATION ON ASBESTOS

A. ASBESTOS CLASSIFICATION

Asbestos is a naturally occurring hydrated mineral silicate that crystallizes in fibrous form.

Mineralogical asbestos can be classified into two major groups; the Serpentine and the

Amphibole. Both groups have different physico–chemical nature. Serpentine is curly and

stranded structure whereas amphiboles are straight and rod like structures (ATSDR).

� Serpentine – Chrysotile (White Asbestos) (90% of Chrysotile Asbestos used in

industry)

� Amphibole – Whose variety include Amosite (Brown Asbestos), Tremolite, Actinolite,

Anthophylite & Crocidolite (Blue Asbestos) (Crocidolite Asbestos is banned in India

causing maximum damage).

Figure- 2.1

Flow chart showing types of asbestos




Asbestos fibers bear unique properties of a high tensile strength, resistance to heat and

many chemicals without having any detectable odor. Asbestos in air at work environment is

a major cause of adverse effects on health of industrial workers.

B. CHEMICAL STRUCTURE AND PROPERTIES

(I) Chemical Structure

� Serpentine

Chrysotile Mg3Si2O5 (OH)4

� Amphibole

Actinolite: (Ca, Fe) 2Mg5Si8O2 2 (OH)2

Amosite: Fe2Fe5Si8O22 (OH)2

Anthophyllite: Mg2Mg5Si8O22 (OH)2

Crocidolite: Na2Fe2+3Fe3+2Si8O22 (OH)2

Tremolite: Ca2Mg5Si8O22 (OH)2

(II) General Properties

Asbestos has got certain unique properties, which has led to its application in more than

3000 products. Its chief properties are:

• High Tensile strength

• High resistance to abrasion

• Resistance to corrosion

• Resistance to heat

• Non-combustibility

• Resistance to Alkali Attack

• Durability & Toughness

• Good Electrical Insulation Properties

• Chemical inertness

By virtue of the high tensile strength and bonding properties with cement, it is used in the

manufacture of Fibre Cement Products. It acts as the reinforcing medium in much the same

way as Steel in RCC. The said products are used in variety of applications. Nowadays Fibre

Cement sheets are used in place of GI sheets, tiles, and other roofing materials. Fibre

Cement Sheets are used extensively for roofing of factories, residential colonies, garages,

warehouses, railway platforms, low cost housing etc. Out of the above type of the asbestos,

the proposed plant will use only chrysotile type of asbestos. The properties of chrysotile are

as follows:-

Chemical and Physical Properties of Chrysotile

Chemical name

Chrysotile is listed on the Australian Inventory of Chemical Substances (AICS). CAS




number 12001-29-5

EC number 650-013-00-6 RTECS

number GC2625000

Other names Trade names

Asbestos 7-45 Asbestos

Serpentine asbestos Avibest

White asbestos Avibest C

Calidria RG 100

Calidria RG 144

Calidria RG 600

Cassiar AK

K 6-30

NCI C61223A

5RO4

Molecular formula and Structure

Molecular formula: Mg3Si2O5 (OH)4

The crystal structure of chrysotile is layered or sheeted similarly to the kaolinite group. It is

based on an infinite silica sheet (Si2O5) in which all the silica tetrahedra point one way. On

one side of the sheet structure, and joining the silica tetrahedra, is a layer of brucite, Mg

(OH)2. The result is a layered structure.

Molecular Weight: - 283

Chemical Composition

Chemical analysis shows that chrysotile typically consists of the following range of major

constituents (%) (IPCS, 1986):

COMPONENT PERCENTAGE (%)

SiO2 38 – 42

MgO 38 - 42

N2O+ 11.5 – 13

Fe2O3 0 - 5

FeO 0 - 3

Al2O3 0 – 2

CaO 0– 2

Na2O 0- 1




2.3 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

Visaka Industries Ltd. proposes to manufacture Asbestos Cement Sheet to the capacity of

2,16,000 TPA.

� The unit is coming up at Rachakpura Village, Shedriya Grampanchayat, Niwai Tehsil,

Tonk District, Rajasthan. The site falls in geological survey of India of Toposheet No.

45 N/14, 45 N/15, 54 B/2, 54B/3.

� The proposed project is a new unit proposes to manufacture Asbestos Cement Sheet

to the tune of 2, 16,000 TPA.

� The main plant and machinery includes conveyor mixer tanks, re-cupperater tanks,

sheet forming machine, atmospheric corrugating unit, cooling tower, shifting

machine.

� The processing of the asbestos will be done in a Kollargang (or Edge Runner Mill as

is popularly known), which will be totally sealed and water will be sprinkled

immediately in the machine to detain any air borne asbestos fiber.

� Automatic bag opening devices will be installed.

� The fugitive area emissions will be routed through vide bag filters to control the

pollutants well within the norms. There will be automatic bag opening devices for

opening of asbestos bags.

� There will be provision of dust collectors for detaining any dust emanating in the

process.

� The total land area occupied by the unit is 28 Acres.

� The capital cost for the proposed project is 56.62 Crores.

2.4 PLANT LAYOUT

The total plot area acquired by the unit is 28 Acres. The unit will consist of work shed,

godown, store room, parking area for vehicles as well as trucks, administrative block etc.

Plantation will be developed inside the unit in an area of 33%.




2.5 RAW MATERIALS STORAGE AND QUANTITY

The company being already in the business of manufacturing asbestos cement products,

has established regular parties from whom the required raw materials, including asbestos

fibre, cement wood pulp etc. are sourced.

There are six types of asbestos: actinolite, amosite, anthophyllite, crocidolite, tremolite, and

chrysotile. Out the above all type the proposed project will use only chrysotile type of

asbestos due to the following benefits.

• The first five types are known as amphiboles. They are characterized by having very

strong and stiff fibers, which makes them a serious health hazard.

• Amphibolic asbestos fibers can penetrate body tissue, especially in the lungs, and

eventually cause tumors to develop.

• The sixth type of asbestos, chrysotile, is known as a serpentine. Its fibers are much

softer and more flexible than amphibolic asbestos, and they do less damage to body

tissue.

• Chrysotile is usually white, and is sometimes known as white asbestos, although it can

also be amber, gray, or greenish in color. Most chrysotile fibers are about 0.25-0.50 in

(6.4-12.7 mm) long and are usually added to concrete mixes to provide reinforcement.

Only about 8% of chrysotile fibers are long enough to be spun into fabric or rope.

• The other major raw materials used in the manufacturing of asbestos cement sheets are

Ordinary Portland Cement (OPC-33/43(/53) grade), fly ash and pulp.

• The quantity of raw material along with mass balance chart is given below:-

Table No. 2.3

Raw material requirement

S.No. Particulars Consumption Storage

TPA

1. Asbestos-(Chrysotile) 17992 (2 months)

2. Cement-OPC 90007 (750 MT)

3. Fly Ash 61689.6 (500 MT)

4. Pulp 1728 (50 MT)

Total 171416.6




2.5.1 Asbestos fiber transportation, receiving & handling

• Asbestos Fiber transportation & Receipts- Asbestos fiber (Chrysotile variety) is

imported from Canada, Brazil, Zimbabwe, & Russia. It is received in shrink or stretch-

wrapped HDPE woven bags. Fiber bags are received tightly packed in wooden pallets

and transported in closed containers. The bags bear the warning symbol “a”. After

unloading containers are cleaned using Vacuum cleaners. Palletized fibre Bags are

stacked inside closed go-down.

• Fibre Handling & Storage- The bags are handled at site by means of fork lifts. Spillages

if any and container after unloading at site is cleaned using portable vacuum cleaner.

Where this is not practicable, wet mopping, collection & recycling method is adopted.

Torn bags received if any, is stitched and sealed with suitable adhesive tapes. Such

cleaning operation is undertaken by the operatives wearing protective clothing and

respiratory masks. The fibre bags are stacked in go-downs.

• Bag Opening & Fibre Milling- This operation is carried out under closed condition &

under negative pressure which is provided by Fibre Dust Collector, routed through Air

Wet Washer

• Empty Bags Generation handling- Recycled back to the process along with fibre after

shredding




2.5.2 Scheme of proper storage of Asbestos Fibre

The Asbestos fibre is received in shrink or stretch wrapped HDP woven sacs. The fibre bags

are stacked on pallets and transported from the port in closed container. The bags contain

warning label incorporating the "a" symbol. Hooks and other sharp equipment are not used

on bags. Forklift are used for unloading and loading. Vacuum cleaner is used for cleaning.

Where this is not practicable, surface is thoroughly wetted before sweeping. Where the

wrapping of a bag is damaged and spillage of asbestos is likely, suitable adhesive tape is

used for repairing of damaged portion. Before storage all bags are carefully inspected for

cleanliness and for damage. All bags are stacked on pallets.

2.6 CAPACITY OF THE PROJECT

The proposed production capacity for Asbestos cement sheets is 2,16,000 TPA. The ISI

specification of the product is as follows:-

ISI Specification

ISI SPECIFICATION TECHNICAL DATA

Standard lengths in (Metres)

: 3.00, 2.75, 2.50, 2.25, 2.00, 1.75, 1.50

Tolerance (in mm)

+5 -10

+Free -0.5

+6 -2

+3 -5

+10 -5

+10 -5

Maximum unsupported overhang

: 300 mm

Thickness : 6 mm Maximum Purlin Spacing for roofing

: 1.4 M

Pitch : 146 mm Maximum Rail spacing for Vertical cladding

: 1.7 M

Depth : 48 mm Section modulus : ZB:75 cm3 ZT:85 cm3

Overall Width

: 1050 mm Moment of Rupture : 200 kg/cm2

Effective Width

: 1010 mm

2.7 WATER REQUIREMENT

The one time water demand of the proposed unit is 5402 KLD (Daily fresh water demand –

240 KLD and recycled water – 5167 KLD).

Out of the 5402 KL water 5382 KL water is required for industrial purpose, 15 KL is for

domestic purpose and 5 KL is for cooling purposes.




Out of 240 KLD water, industrial water demand is 225 KLD while 15 KLD water is required

for domestic purposes. During the industrial process water will be used for slurry formation

and curing purposes.

The water demand will be met from Borewell. The unit has obtained CGWA approval for

withdrawing ground water.

The detail of water requirement and water balance are shows as under:-

Water Requirement

S.No. Particulars Water Requirement (KLD)

1. Domestic purpose 15

2. Industrial purpose 225

Total 240

WATER BALANCE

2.8 POWER

The power requirement for the proposed unit is 750 kVA. Two D.G. sets of 500 kVA each will

be installed for the complete power back up. The proposed project area has continuous 24

hours power supply hence, no diesel will be used during these hours. Thus, it is presumed

that there will be no electricity cut. However, in case of electricity cut there would be

Domestic 15 KLD

Green product 173 KLD carried

by product




consumption of around 40 L/hr of fuel per D.G. set. Fuel required for the D.G. set will be in

the form of H.S.D. There will be facility for storage of fuel (HSD).

2.9 SCHEDULE OF APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION

The proposed project has been planned for manufacturing asbestos cement sheet to the

tune of 2, 16,000 TPA. The entire development will take about 18 months for completion.

The plant will be fully operated after 3 years.

The construction activities will start after obtaining necessary approval from Ministry of

Environment and Forests and Rajasthan Pollution Control Board.

2.10 MAN POWER

In the full fledge process of the plant, the total employment will be around 521 employees.

EMPLOYMENT GENERATION MANPOWER

a) Managers/Supervisors 15

b) Staff 20

c) Workers –

i) Skilled

ii) Unskilled (contract)

iii) Contract Workers (Loading & Unloading)

51

141

(100

Total 327

2.11 MANUFACTURING PROCESS

The proposed unit will be manufacturing asbestos cement sheets to the tune of 2,16,000

TPA. The basic raw material required for the manufacturing of asbestos cement sheets will

be Ordinary Portland Cement (7417 TPM), fiber (1508 TPM), fly ash (4750 TPM), and pulp

(144 TPM). Complete processing will be done through a closed circuit. Nothing will be done

manually. The proposed unit will have the following manufacturing process:-

1. Raw material preparation

2. Slurry preparation section

3. Sheet forming machine

4. Process water recycle system

5. Conveyor system

6. Corrugating unit

7. Waste recycle section

8. Heating section

9. Destacker

10. Curing area

11. Storage area




1. Raw Material Preparation

The basic raw material required for the process includes fiber, fly ash, pulp and cement.

Asbestos fiber of various grade packed in HDPE bags will be fed to bag opening machine,

where bag will be automatically cut and transferred to fiber mill. Requisite quantity of water

will be added by water dosing equipment. Thereafter, fiber will be transferred to fiber silo for

storage. The milled fiber will be transported to auto weighed, where requisite quantity per

batch will be weighed and kept ready for feeding to slurry preparation section.

Cement received in bulker will be transferred to storage silo through blower & some quantity

when received in HDPE bags will be transferred to storage silo through elevator system.

From silo, cement will be transferred to auto weighing system through screw conveyor,

where the required quantity per batch will be weighed and kept ready for feeding to slurry

preparation section.

2. Slurry Preparation Section (Hydropulper/Mixer)

The requisite quantity of water will be taken in the hydro-disintegrator according to the batch

size (controlled with Electrical Level Controllers). In which, already weighed asbestos fiber

will be transferred and mixed for preset time. After that the fibre slurry will be taken to the

Beater tank where pre weighed quantity of cement & fly ash which has already been

transformed into slurry in Mixer tank, will be pumped in & kept circulating to form RM slurry.

A pumping set will be installed for circulation and discharge of slurry. Slurry will be the

transferred to agitator tank.

3. Sheet Forming Machine (5 Vats)

The slurry lying in agitator tank will be fed to slurry dilution tank along with additional water.

The diluted slurry will be controlled by level controllers and pneumatic valves for supply to

VATS of sheets.

Each VAT will be cylindrical mould (Sieve cylinder) through which thin slurry will be filtered

and the layer formed on the outside of sieve will be transferred to a continuously running

synthetic felt. All the layers picked up from 5 to 7 vats as the case may be will be subjected

to vacuum system for controlling moisture in the final layer before it will be transferred to

sheet forming drum. The forming drum will be rotated by driving felt itself and it will be

loaded pneumatically to control final moisture in the sheet apart from compression of sheet

to desired density.




4. Process Water Recycle System

The filtrate received from VAT machine will be collected in a pit and pumped to conical water

tanks for recycling the same to the machine. The water flows from first tank to the second

tank by overflow system and solid (i.e. cement and fiber) settle down in the first cone tank,

which will be used in slurry dilution tank. The clear water from the second curing tank will be

used for high pressure spray system for cleaning the felt & sieve cylinder and other process

cleaning operations and vacuum system.

5. Conveyor System

Conveyor system consists of two rubber belt (flat) conveyors installed just after the sheet

forming drum for transportation of green sheet upto corrugating unit.

First conveyor receives green sheet automatically cut from the drum. As the sheet moves on

the conveyor the sides will be trimmed by longitudinal cutters installed on both sides of the

first conveyor.

Second conveyor receives the sheet from first conveyor and positions the same in the

central line of corrugating unit.

6. Corrugating Unit

The unit consisting of traveling carriage system will be set of seamless steel bars for

corrugating the flat sheet on to the steel modules. The steel sheet mould will be packed up

from the carriage trolley by suction hoods and pushed on to the corrugators. It will be so

synchronized that the plain sheet, which travels from first conveyor to second conveyor duly

cut by cross cutters installed on carriage frame which cuts the front and rear edges of the

sheet to the required length, drops on to the steel mould from second conveyor. The sheet

will be than pressed simultaneously from outer corrugation to inner corrugation. Sheets will

be corrugated to size on automatic atmospheric corrugators. Such shaped wet sheet along

with the steel mould will be than transferred to the stapler for collection on another sheet

carrying trolley.

7. Waste Recycle Section

The side cutting of the green sheet and rejected sheets fall automatically on a running waste

conveyor which transports the same to waste dissolver unit.

The waste dissolver consists of cylindrical tank with turbo impeller, which cuts the waste in

water media and converts the waste into slurry. The slurry will be pumped to the agitator

tank, where it will be once again used for sheet forming.




8. Closed Initial Curing Chamber

The sheet trolleys will be transported on rail tracks to an enclosed chamber and kept for 12

to 16 hours for hardening/setting. Thereafter the sheet trolleys (having sheets and steel

moulds stacked one over the other) will be transported to destacker machine. Some times

during winter season whenever the temperature dips, electrical heaters will be installed in

the enclosed chamber for accelerating the process of hardening/setting of sheets.

9. Destacker

This machine will be similar to the corrugating unit in operation and has two suction hoods –

one for sheet and the other for steel mould. Here the sheet and steel moulds will be

separated and stacked on the respective trolleys.

The sheet trolleys will be shunted to curing area for stacking under water spray system. The

mould trolleys will be recycled to the corrugating unit for reuse for the on-going production.

10. Curing Area

The curing area consists of platforms for stacking sheets and pipelines will be installed

overhead for periodic spray of water for curing, ensuring adequate humidity within the curing

section.

The water will be stored in underground reservoirs and will be pumped continuously to the

curing area and will be recycled. However, make up water requirement will be met from the

water supply source. The sheets are cured for 10 to 15 days

11. Storage Area

The cured sheets will be removed after curing is completed and stacked outside in the open

or the covered area for final inspection and dispatch.

*************

Project: Visaka Industries Ltd. SECTION-III/Description of the Environment



SECTION – III

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

INDEX

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT .......................................................................... 62

3.1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................. 63

3.2 BASELINE DATA GENERATION ............................................................................... 63

3.3 LAND USE STUDIES ................................................................................................. 65

3.4 SOIL CHARACTERISTICS ......................................................................................... 70

3.5 AIR ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................................. 73

3.6 WATER ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................................... 80

3.7 NOISE ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................. 85

3.8 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................. 88

3.9 SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT ...................................................................... 108

*************




DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 GENERAL

The anthropogenic activities related to industrial sector cause impacts on environmental

components in and around the project site. However, the intensity of environmental

impacts vary from project to project, depending upon several factors like- Physical,

Chemical, & other etc., Involved in the project, processing capacity (scale / size of the

project), type and extent of pollution control measures, project location surrounding

geomorphology etc. To assess environmental impacts from proposed project (specific), it

is essential to monitor the environmental quality prevailing in the surrounding area prior

to implementation of the proposed project. The environmental status (baseline status)

within the study area is used for prediction of anticipated environmental impact

assessment study. The impacts from an existing industrial project on its surrounding

environment are due to the nature of pollutants, their quantities discharged to the

environment, existing environmental quality, assimilative capacity of the surrounding

environment and topography.

3.2 BASELINE DATA GENERATION

The baseline data generation for Visaka Industries Ltd. was collected for pre

monsoon season (March-May’2013). The same was agreed by honorable EAC

committee during our Terms of Reference presentation. The data of March-May 2013

is presented and interpreted in this chapter.

3.2.1 Monitoring methodology

• Air

Fine Particulate Samplers (FPS) has been used for PM2.5 Sampling. Respirable

Dust Samplers (RDS) with gaseous attachment have been used for PM10

Sampling. RDS with Gaseous attachment assembly is used for the collection of

gaseous pollutants such as SO2 & NOx.

• Meteorological Data

An auto weather monitoring station was installed during the study period to

record various meteorological parameters on hourly basis to understand the wind

pattern, Temperature variation, solar insulation and relative humidity variation

etc.

• Water

Ground Water samples were collected in Pre sterilized sampling containers.




Chemical and Metal analysis was carried out as per standard methods for ground

water, Published by AWWA, APHA, etc.

• Noise

Instant sound level meter is used for the collection of data related to noise at an

interval of one hour per reading. Noise level test for 24 hours was conducted

during one week period at pre decided location. The details of the instrument

used for the sampling is mentioned in the separate annexure under the heading

of Details of instruments & Apparatus.

• Soil

Representative soil sample was collected from project site for analysis of

physico-chemical characteristics. Standard procedures, as per BIS / CPCB and

other published methods were followed for sampling and analysis.

3.2.2 Location of monitoring stations

Eight monitoring stations including the site were selected for monitoring of Ambient

Air, Water, Noise and Soil. The monitoring period was from March to May 2013. The

monitoring stations were selected on the basis of surface influence, demographic

influence and meteorological influence. The topographical map showing the

monitoring locations is given below in Figure No. 3.1. and the details of the

monitoring locations is given below in table no. 3.1

Table no. 3.1

Monitoring location

S. No.

Location Name Details Direction w.r.t

project Site Co-ordinates

1 Project Site At Site -- N-26025’52.4’’ E-76

001’03.4’’

2 Sedria Rajaram S/o Devlal NW N-26026’44.3’’ E-76

000’17.7’’

3 Dehold Ki Dhani Ajaykumar S/o Sreeramsevak

NNE N-26027’19.9’’ E-76

002’39.6’’

4 KishorePura Ki Dhani Mangilal Gujjar NE N-26

026’28.4’’ E-76

001’45.4’’

5 Lalwari Shankarlal Sharma S/o Harichandra ji

ESE N-26025’27.7’’ E-76

002’44.5’’

6 Shrisukhpur Madhan Jain S/o Kaluram

Ji SSE N-26

025’35.0’’ E-76

001’00.0’’

7 Thunj (Radhagovindpura)

Shivaji Lal SSW N-26025’14.8’’ E-76

000’07.1’’

8 Bhagatpur Rampura Mahendra kumar Jan S/o Nirmal Kumar Jai

WNW N-26025’09.2’’ E-75

058’56.5’’




Figure No. 3.1

Topographical Map Showing Monitoring Locations

3.3 LAND USE STUDIES

3.3.1 Study Area

Visaka Industries Limited at Khasra No -: 265/1-4,266/2-5,285, Village-Rachakpura,

Tehsil – Niwai, Dist- Tonk, Rajasthan. This is an asbestos manufacturing unit project

and project will cover the maximum agriculture topography of 10 km of study area

and its co-ordinates spread 26° 25' 57.74" N latitude, 76° 01' 06.73" E longitude.

3.3.2 Introduction

Satellite design development and operations including data reception, processing,

interpretation, and utilization of satellite images. All these advancements have

widened the applicability of remotely sensed data in various areas, like forest cover,

agriculture type mapping, and their changes on a regional scale. If satellite data is

judiciously used along with the sufficient ground data, it is possible to carry out

detailed forest inventories, monitoring of land use, and vegetation cover at various

scales.




Digital image processing and classification of the satellite imageries and analysis of

interpreted maps were carried out using ERADAS imagine 9.1

3.3.3 Source of information

The data in this work is collected from the following sources

1. Topographic data - From Survey of India Toposheet

2. Remotely Sensed Data --From IRS P6 – LISS IV Data

All the data used in this work have been supplied by National Remote Sensing

Centre, Hyderabad, India.

3.3.4 Study period

Study period of the proposed project is post season in the month of October –

December 2013.

3.3.5 Components

Following component observed in land use land cover classification;

• Built up: Settlement Urban/Rural, Civil Structures

• Agriculture: Crop land, Plantation, Fallow land, shifting cultivation.

• Forest: Forest plantation, all kind of forest.

• Grazing land

• Barren/ Uncultivable/Wasteland: Salt affected land, Sandy land, Scrub land,

Barren rocky, Rann.

• Wetland/ Water bodies: River, Stream, Canal, Lake, Pond, Reservoir, Coastal

Zone.

• Snow and Glacier: Seasonal and Permanent snow cover.




3.3.6 Methodology

High resolution data (IRS-P6, LISS-IV) ordered from NRSC

Geometric corrections of IRS -P6, LISS-IV data using Survey of India toposheet at 1:50,000 scale

Identification and selection of study area

Land use Land cover classification by supervised classification method

Land use land cover classification by unsupervised classification

Extraction of Land use land cover classes using ERDAS/ Arc GIS + Thematic Maps

Accuracy Assessment

Final output generation

Ground Truthing

3.3.7 Objective

The objective of the present work is to prepare land use and land cover map using

hybrid digital classification technique. The land cover/ land use map will depict the

state of the land features and land use of the study area. In addition land cover/land

use thematic map will also be used in studying the proposed project. The land use/

land cover thematic map is also used for Drainage plan in Environmental Impact

Assessment report.

3.3.8 Data base

The details of the primary data in the form of digital data on LISS-IV for interpretation

and analysis are given in Table no. 3.2. The mask of the entire ropeway area

including the influence zone was generated from the IRS-P6 LISS-IV. For the

secondary data, Cartosat-1 was referred to for the preparation of drainage map.

Table No. 3.2

Database used for land use and land cover mapping

S. No. Satellite Sensor Date type & bands

1. IRS-P6 LISS-IV Digital (1,2,3)

2. Cartosat-I - Digital (1)




3.3.9 Classification criteria

1. A land use and land cover classification system which can effectively employ orbital

and high-altitude remote sensor data should meet the following criteria (Anderson,

1971):

2. The minimum level of interpretation accuracy in the identification of land use and land

cover

3. Categories from remote sensor data should be at least 85 percent.

4. The accuracy of interpretation for the several categories should be about equal.

5. Repeatable or repetitive results should be obtainable from one interpreter to another

and from one time of sensing to another.

6. The classification system should be applicable over extensive areas.

7. The categorization should permit vegetation and other types of land cover to be used

as surrogates for activity.

8. The classification system should be suitable for use with remote sensor data

obtained at different times of the year.

9. Effective use of subcategories that can be obtained from ground surveys or from the

use of larger scale or enhanced remote sensor data should be possible.

10. Aggregation of categories must be possible.

11. Comparison with future land use data should be possible.

12. Multiple uses of land should be recognized when possible.

3.3.10 Classification scheme

Keeping in mind the objectives of preparation of environmental management plan

(EMP), action plan for LULC (Land use Land Cover), DEM (Digital Elevation Model),

Drainage plan, and classification scheme adopted for the preparation of land

use/land cover maps on 1:50,000 scales. Land use/ Land cover classification

standardized by NRSC/ISRO.

Sr. No. Description – I Description – II 1. Built-up Urban

Rural

Mining

2. Agriculture Crop land

Plantation

Fallow

Current Shifting Cultivation

3. Forest Evergreen/ Semi evergreen

Deciduous

Forest Plantation

Scrub Forest

Swamp/ Mangroves




4. Grass/ Grazing Grass / Grazing

5. Barren/ Un-Culturable/ Waste Land

Salt affected Land

Gullied / Ravenous Land

Scrub Land

Sandy Area

Barren Rocky

Rann

6. Wetlands/ Water Bodies

Inland Wetland

Coastal Wetland

River / Stream / Canal

Water Bodies

7. Snow and Glacier Seasonal and Permanent Snow

3.3.11 Land use/ land cover area

The land use and land cover of the Proposed Visaka Industries Limited area includes

Settlement, road, railway track, agriculture fallow land, plantation, forest land, waste

land, river/streams, ponds etc. Total area of the buffer zone is 314.149 sq. km., major

part covered by agriculture fallow land 92.637%, Water bodies 3.507%, Rural/Urban

1.321%, Scrub Land 0.784%, Scrub Forest 0.638%, Major Roads 0.518%,

Lake/ponds 1.522%, Plantation 0.054%, Railway track 0.053%. Types of land use

and land cover and their geographic area are summarized in Table No. 3.3.

Table No. 3.3

Areas of the different categories of land use/ land cover classless.

Land Use/Land Cover Classification

Classes Area (sq.km.) Area (%)

Builtup- Rural/Urban 4.151 1.321347513

Builtup- Major Road 1.63 0.518862069

Builtup- Railway Track 0.167 0.053159488

Agriculture- Fallow 291.02 92.63757007

Agriculture- Plantation 0.172 0.054751089

Forest- Scrub Forest 2.005 0.638232176

Barren Land- Scrub Land 2.463 0.784022868

Water Bodies- Lake/Pond 1.522 0.484483478

Water Bodies- River/Stream 11.019 3.507571248

Total 314.149 100




3.4 SOIL CHARACTERISTICS

3.4.1 Physiography

Tonk is situated on National Highway No. 12 at distance of 100 km from Jaipur. It is

located in northeastern part of the state between 75.19' & 76.16 East longitude and

25.41' and 26.24' North Latitude. The total area of the district is 7194 km. The district

mainly comprises a flat peneplain with thick alluvium cover. However the Rajkot

Baneta hills in the eastern part of Rajmahal- Toda Raisingh ridge in the southern part

of the district with isolated hills, Tordi and Chansen are the main hill ranges of district.

Banas is the only perennial river which flows through the district. The general

elevation of the plain ranges from 231 to 337 m above mean sea level and trends

from south-west to north-east.




3.4.2 Soil Quality

The soil in the district varies from sandy loam to loam in Niwai block and parts of

Tonk block and from clay loam to loam in the remaining area. The National Council of

Applied Economic Research regards the district as having undifferentiated soil.

3.4.3 Geology

The district comprises Aravalli & Delhi Group of rocks. The Aravalli’s are represented

by the schists & gneisses and the Delhi is by grits, conglomerates & quartzites. Grits,

conglomerates and the schists and gneisses all have been considered to be of pre-

Aravalli age. The general trends of formations vary from N-S to NE-SW with steep

dips. The Aravallis and Delhis have been intruted by post Delhi granites, pegmatites

& basic dykes.

The grits & conglomerates are best exposed along the foot hills of Toda Raising-

Botunda ridge whereas the main hill ranges of Rajmahal, Toda Raisingh & Tordi-

Chansen etc. are composed of quartzites. Phyllites are exposed in the south-eastern

part of the district near Aligarh, Sop, etc. Rest of plain area is occupied by schists &

gneisses. The geological succession in Tonk district is given as below (after GSI).

Recent to Sub Recent Sand, alluvium etc

Delhi Supergroup Grits, conglomerates & quartzites.

Post- Aravalli Granite (intrusive)

Pre-Aravalli Schist, gneisses and

migmatites, phyllites, marble and quartzites.




3.4.4 Data Generation

For studying soil quality of the region, samples were collected to assess the existing

soil conditions in and around the project area.

The sample was collected by ramming a core-cutter into the soil up to a depth of 90

cm. The present study on the soil quality establishes the baseline characteristics and

identifies the incremental concentrations if any, due to the proposed project. The

objective of the sampling is:

• To determine the baseline soil characteristics of the study area;

• To determine the impact of proposed activity on soil characteristics; and

• To determine the impact on soils more importantly from agricultural productivity

point of view.

The soil samples were collected from three different depths viz. 30 cm, 60 cm and 90

cm. The samples were then packed in polythene plastic bags and sealed. The

samples from three different depths were homogenized and then were analyzed.

3.4.5 Soil quality of study area

The soil study was carried out to analyze the soil characteristics of the study area.

For studying soil quality of the region 4 samples (including site) were collected,

description of the same as follows:

Table no. 3.4 Monitoring locations for soil quality testing

Location Code

Location Name Distance w.r.t Project Site

Direction w.r.t Project

Site

Co-ordinates

S-1 Project Site -- -- N-26025’51.1’’ E-76001’03.6’’

S-2 Kishorepura Ki Dhani

1.6 km NE N-26026’28.5’’ E-76001’47.2’’

S-3 Lalwari 3.05 km ESE N-26025’39.4’’ E-76001’58.6’’

S-4 Bhagatpur Rampura

3.6 KM N-26025’11.8’’ E-75059’07.3’’

Soil Quality

Four soil samples in 10 km radius project Area was collected and analyzed. The

analytical results are given in blow.

Table no. 3.5

Sample Code

Location Name Date of sampling

S-1 Project Site 30.05.2013

S-2 Kishorepura Ki Dhani 30.05.2013




Soil Quality Analysis Results

S.No. Parameters Units S1 S2 S3 S4 1 Texture - Sandy Clay Sandy Clay Sandy Clay Sandy Clay

2.

Particle size Distributions

Sand % 42 38 40 36

Silt % 16 14 14 14

Clay % 42 48 46 50

3. Appearance -- Light Brown Color

Brown Color Brown Color Brown Color

4. Sodium as Na mg/100grm 1.56 1.39 1.36 1.52

5. pH (10% Slurry) - 7.23 7.25 7.23 7.26

6. Conductivity µmhos/cm 264 214 188 168

7. Bulk density gram/cc 1.36 1.28 1.02 0.98

8. Porosity % v/v 18 16 18 20

9. Total Organic Matter(TOC) % 0.72 0.88 0.92 0.90

10. Nitrogen as N mg/100grm 164 172 187 202

11. Potassium as K mg/100grm 86 102 89 105

12. Phosphorus as P mg/100grm 48 39 42 46

13. Zinc as Zn mg/kg 4.61 3.98 4.05 4.16

14. Cadmium as Cd mg/kg 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02

15. Chlorides as Cl mg/100grm 0.98 0.84 0.92 0.79

16. Alkali Metals mg/kg 1.02 0.69 0.65 0.78

17. Permeability Cm/h 6.24 6.59 6.58 6.49

18. Water holding capacity % 16.28 18.98 20.52 21.54

19. Copper as Cu mg/kg 0.02 0.01 0.03 <0.01

20. Iron as Fe mg/kg 0.23 0.12 0.15 0.12

21. Lithium mg/kg 0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

22. Moisture Content % <1.00 <1.00 <1.00 <1.00

23. Boron as B mg/kg 0.08 0.26 0.08 0.12

3.4.6 Results & Conclusions

The soil analysis results are presented in Table 3.5 .The result obtained is compared with the

standard soil classification given Agriculture Soil Limits. It has been observed that the soils are

Sandy clay in texture and neutral in nature. The nutrient and organic matter contents are

medium and the soil is normally fertile.

3.5 AIR ENVIRONMENT

3.5.1 Climatology and Meteorology

Similar to most of the other cities in the state of Rajasthan, the town of Tonk

experiences harsh climatic conditions. Extreme conditions are prevalent in the town

throughout the year. Summers are very dry and temperatures soar during the peak

S-3 Lalwari 30.05.2013

S-4 Bhagatpur Rampura 30.05.2013




summer months. Winters are dry as well and this season can be cold. The normal

annual rainfall (1901-70) of the district is 598mm whereas the average mean annual

rainfall (1979-2008) is 622mm. The summer season starts in the month of March and

the intensity of the heat increases till the month of June. The hottest month of the

year is May and temperatures can reach a maximum of around 45°C during this

time. The lowest temperatures that can be expected during the summer months are

around 26°C. The winter season is during the months between December and

February. The maximum temperature expected during the winter season is around

22°C. Temperatures reduce gradually from the month of July onwards.

3.5.2 Methodology

The methodology adopted for monitoring surface observations is as per the standard

norms laid down by Bureau of Indian Standards (IS: 8829) and India Meteorological

Department (IMD). Automatic Meteorological station has been installed near to the

proposed project site.

3.5.3 Meteorological data recorded at project site during the study period March to May

2013 (Pre Monsoon)

An auto weather monitoring station was installed during the study period to record

various meteorological parameters on hourly basis to understand the wind pattern,

Temperature variation, solar insulation and relative humidity variation etc.

Percentage frequencies of wind in 16 directions have been computed from the recorded

data during the Pre Monsoon study period. The pictorial representation of the summary

of the wind pattern is given blow of the study period.

Table no.3.6


Month Temperature (0C)

Relative Humidity (%)

Rainfall in mm

Wind Speed mph


March - 2013 37.0 12.5 86.9 9.5 0 0 9.0 < 1.0

April - 2013 41.1 17.5 77.8 9.5 0 0 11.0 < 1.0

May - 2013 45.4 20.9 83.5 9.5 0 0 14.0 < 1.0

Wind pattern during the study period

The overall predominant wind direction on 24 hour basis was observed to be blowing

from NW to SE. Calm was observed to be 22.06%. The wind speed during this period

was observed to be 1.44 m/s.




Table no.3.7 The Summary of the Wind Pattern is Given Below

S.No Wind Direction 0.5-2.1 Speed m/s

2.1-3.6 Speed m/s

3.6 - 5.7 Speed m/s

> = 5.7 Speed m/s

Total

1. N 103 55 10 1 169

2. NNE 110 56 3 0 169

3. NE 38 15 0 0 53

4. ENE 17 8 0 0 25

5. E 24 13 1 0 38

6. ESE 17 7 0 0 24

7. SE 14 3 0 0 17

8. SSE 36 14 3 0 53

9. S 25 12 0 0 37

10. SSW 48 11 0 0 59

11. SW 72 18 4 0 94

12. WSW 35 18 5 0 58

13. W 95 52 27 0 174

14. WNW 131 105 46 0 282

15. NW 110 64 16 0 190

16. NNW 150 104 24 0 278

Sub-Total 1025 139 1 1720 Calms 487

Missing/Incomplete 1 Total 2208

Figure no. 3.4

Wind rose 24hrs

3.5.4 Ambient Air Quality

The data was generated by Vison Labs, Hyderabad for March to May’2013 pre monsoon

season 2013, for ambient air quality status within 10 km radius of the site.




The monitoring report is enclosed as Annexure- VII. Eight monitoring stations (including

project site) were installed at different locations during March to May’2013 to assess the

ambient air quality the summary of all the above location are given below Table no.3.11.

I. Methodology adopted for Air Quality Survey

� Selection of Sampling Locations

The baseline status of the air quality in the study area has been assessed through a

scientifically designed ambient air quality monitoring network. The design of monitoring

network in the air quality surveillance program has been based on the following

considerations:

• Meteorological conditions on synoptic scale;

• Topography of the study area;

• Representatives of regional background air quality for obtaining baseline status; and

• Representatives of likely impact areas.

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) stations were set up at eight locations with due

consideration to the above mentioned points. Table-3.8 gives the details of environmental

setting around each monitoring station and their distances with reference to the proposed

project.

Table No. 3.8 Location of air monitoring stations

S.No. Location Name Details Direction w.r.t

project Site Co-ordinates

1 Project Site At Site -- N-26025’52.4’’ E-76

001’03.4’’

2 Sedria Rajaram S/o NW N-26026’44.3’’ E-76

000’17.7’’

3 Dehold Ki Dhani Ajaykumar S/o Sreeramsevak

NNE N-26027’19.9’’ E-76

002’39.6’’

4 KishorePura Ki Mangilal NE N-26

026’28.4’’ E-76

001’45.4’’

5 Lalwari Shankarlal Sharma S/o

ESE N-26025’27.7’’ E-76

002’44.5’’

6 Shrisukhpur Madhan Jain

S/o Kaluram Ji SSE N-26

025’35.0’’ E-76

001’00.0’’

7 Thunj (Radhagovindpu

ra)

Shivaji Lal SSW N-26025’14.8’’ E-76

000’07.1’’

8 Bhagatpur Rampura

Mahendra kumar Jan S/o

WNW N-26025’09.2’’ E-75

058’56.5’’

Ambient air quality monitoring has been carried out with a frequency of two days per week at

eight locations covering one complete season except monsoon (CPCB guidelines). The

ambient air quality parameters along with their frequency of sampling are given in Table No.

3.10




Table no. 3.9 Monitored Parameters and Frequency of Sampling

Parameters Sampling Frequency

Suspended Particulate Matter 24 hourly sample twice a week for a season except monsoon

Respirable Particulate Matter 24 hourly sample twice a week for a season except monsoon

Sulphur dioxide (SO2) 24 hourly sample twice a week for a season except monsoon

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX) 24 hourly sample twice a week for a season except monsoon

II. Instruments used for sampling

Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter (RPM)/PM10 and gaseous pollutants like SO2,

NOx. And CO. APM 550 Fine Particle Sampler was used to monitor PM2.5.

III. Sampling and Analytical Techniques

PM2.5 and PM10 have been estimated by gravimetric method. Modified West and Gaeke

method (IS-5182 Part-II, 1969) has been adopted for estimation of SO2. Jacobs-

Hochheiser method (IS-5182 Part-IV, 1975) has been adopted for the estimation of NOx.

NDIR spectroscopy method will be adopted for carbon monoxide detection. The

techniques used for ambient air quality monitoring and its minimum detectable levels are

given in Table no. 3.10.

Table no. 3.10

Techniques Used for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Sr. No.

Parameter Technique Technical Protocol Model no. Range and Sensitivity

1. Respirable Particulate Matter

Gravimetric method

IS- 5182(Part-IV) 1999 RDS- 9000 0.4 to 1.5 m

3/min

2. PM2.5 Gravimetric method

IS-5182 (Part-IV) 1999 APM 550 ±0.03 DGMm3

3. Sulphur Dioxide Modified West and Gaeke

method

IS-5182 (Part- II) 1969 -- --

4. Nitrogen Oxide Jacobs-Hochheiser

method

-- -- --

5. Carbon Monoxide NDIR spectroscopy

-- -- --

Filter Paper details

Apparatus Make Size Size Product Category no.

Filter Paper (PM10)

M/S Whatmann International Ltd.

203 x 254mm

GMF-S-10 Batch No-G015DO7

Filter Paper (PM2.5)

M/S Whatmann International Ltd.

47 mm Tuflon




IV. Presentation of Results

The analysis results for the study period are presented in detail in Annexure- VII. Various

statistical parameters like 98th percentile, average, maximum and minimum values have

been computed from the observed raw data for all the AAQ monitoring stations. The

summary of these results for all the locations is presented in Table-3.11.These are

compared with the standards prescribed by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) for

rural and residential zone.

Table 3.11 Summary of ambient air monitoring for March to May’2013

Locations

Code

Location name

PM10 µµµµg/m3 PM2.5 µµµµg/m

3 SO2

µµµµg/m3

NOx

µµµµg/m3

CO

µµµµg/m

3

(Max.)

Max Min Avg. Max Min Avg. Max Min Avg. Max Min Avg.

A1 Project Site 39.3 30.6 34.9 20.3 14.2 17.2 5.1 4.1 4.5 12.6 11.2 11.8 123

A2 Sedria 52.8 43.2 48.5 27.9 19.3 24.2 6.7 4.4 5.4 15.6 12.5 14.3 248

A3 Dehold ki Dhani

42.5 34.3 38.2 21.6 17.3 19.4 5.3 4.4 4.8 13.2 12.3 12.8 215

A4 Kishore Pura ki Dhani

41.6 34.6 37.9 21 17.2 19.3 5.3 4.3 4.8 13.2 12.2 12.7 215

A5 Lalwari 52.9 43.2 48.2 26.3 20.4 23.7 6.8 4.6 5.7 15.3 13.5 14.4 291

A6 Shrisukhpur 41.2 33.6 37.0 21.6 15.6 18.3 5.2 4.2 4.7 13.2 12.2 12.7 182

A7 Thunj(Radhagovindpura)

41.5 34.5 38.2 21.6 17.3 19.3 5.1 4.3 4.7 13.6 12.4 12.8 182

A8 Bhagatpur Rampura

41.3 33.2 37.6 21.3 16.1 18.7 5.3 4.3 4.8 14.5 12.4 13.0 182

Table No. 3.11 (a) Chemical Characterization Analysis of PM10

Location Name : Project Site Date of Sampling : 15.04.2013 S.No Characteristics Units Project Site

1. Respirable Particulate Matter (PM10) µg/m3 35.4

2. Calcium as Ca µg/m3 1.81

3. Magnesium as Mg µg/m3 0.23

4. Sodium as Na µg/m3 0.02

5. Potassium as K µg/m3 0.01

6. Chromium as Cr µg/m3 <0.01

7. Aluminum as Al µg/m3 <0.01

8. Lead as Pb µg/m3 <0.01

9. Zinc as Zn µg/m3 <0.01

10. Iron as Fe µg/m3 <0.01

11. Nickel as Ni µg/m3 <0.01

12. Barium as Ba µg/m3 <0.01

13. Cadmium as Cd µg/m3 < 0.01

14. Mercury as Hg µg/m3 <0.001




Table No. 3.11 (b)

Chemical Characterization Analysis of PM10

Location Name: Project Site

S.No. Characteristics Units Values

1. Particulate Matter (PM10)

(1264 m3 sample

Volume)

µg/m3 35.4

2. Silica µg/m3 <0.1

3.

POLY-AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS (PAH) Compound (PAH) Minimum Detection Limit (ug/L) Result (ug/L)

LC Column PAH (HC-ODC SIL-X eq I Naphthalene 1.8 1.9

II Acenaphthalene 2.3 1.8

III Acenaphthene 1.8 1.9

IV Fluorene 0.21 <0.21

GC Column 3% OV-17 Chromosorb A Anthracene (Group + Phenanthrene) 28.7 28.8

B Pyrene 3.4 3.4

C Benzo Fluranthene 3.1 < 3.1

D Benao (a) pyrene 4.0 4.1

E Fluoranthene 3.0 < 3.0

F Chrysene 4.2 < 4.2

Note: Total PAH observed in the Air Volume are 41.9 µg/L which is represented by actual sample volume of 1224 m

3. The volume of total PAH PM10 works out <0.05

µg/m3. The above results interpreted in light of the AAQ standards, indicated that the

Ambient Air quality of the sampling location was free of PAH contamination at the time of sampling.

V. Results of monitoring during March to May’2013

PM10: The maximum value for PM10 observed at Lalwari 52.9 µg/m3 and minimum

value for PM10 at Project Site 30.6 µg/m3. The 24 hours applicable limit for industrial,

Residential Rural and Other Areas is 100 µg/m3.

PM2.5: The maximum value for PM 2.5 observed at Sedria 27.9 µg/m3 and minimum

value for PM 2.5 at Project site 14.2 µg/m3. The 24 hours applicable limit for

industrial, Residential Rural and Other Areas is 60 µg/m3.

SO2: The maximum value for SO2 observed at Lalwari 6.8 µg/m3 and minimum value

for SO2 at Project site 4.2 µg/m3. The 24 hours applicable limit for industrial,


NO2: The maximum value for NO2 observed at Sedria 15.6 µg/m3 and minimum value

for NO2 at Project site 12.2 µg/m3. The 24 hours applicable limit for industrial,





CO: The maximum value for CO observed at Lalwaria 291 µg/m3 and minimum value

for CO at Project site is 200 µg/m3. The 8 hours applicable limit for Industrial,

Residential Rural and other areas is 2000 µg/m3.

Results and Conclusions

The results of the monitored data indicate that the ambient air quality of the region in

general is conformity with respect to norms of National Ambient Air Quality standards

of CPCB, at all locations monitored.

3.6 WATER ENVIRONMENT

3.6.1 Hydrogeology & Drainage

In the studied area, the rainfall runoff is generated through various minor natural

drains. A seasonal river “Dhil” flows around 2 km. in south of proposed site from

West to South East. The area comprises of alluvial plain which is formed by the Dhil

river which is tributary of River Banas. The finished ground level gradient & storm

water runoff is towards South East. Rainfall plays a major role in groundwater

availability of region like Niwai as it is the major source available for groundwater

recharge. Ground water occurs mostly under phreatic conditions.

I. Aquifer Type

Ground water generally occurs under water table conditions where as in hard rock

and crystalline rocks, it is under slight pressure. Hard rock of Bhilwara Super Group

form main aquifers in the area comprising of mica schist and phyllite. These hard

rocks are covered by Quaternary fluvial and Aeolian deposits mainly composed of

sand, silt, clay, gravel and Kankar. The ground water occurs under unconfined to

semi-confined conditions & its occurrence and movement is mainly controlled by

weathered portion of hard rock and fractures. The dynamic water zone is 3 m, which

is controlled by hydraulic gradient, topography and aquifer characteristics.

II. Water Level Behavior, Water Level Fluctuation & Ground Water Flow

The water level in the study area varies from 8 m to 31 m below ground level in the

month of May‘2013, as per hydro geological investigation and the location of well

inventory in the study area. Average seasonal fluctuation of Niwai block is 3 m as per

CGWB district groundwater brochure. Groundwater flow direction in the investigated

area is towards South East Figure No. 3.5. The main sources of recharge in the

study area is rainfall, the other sources of recharge is return seepage from irrigation.




Figure No. 3.5

Water level contour map showing flow direction

3.6.2 Water Quality

To assess the present ground water condition seven sampling location were selected for

ground water quality testing and one sampling location was finalized for surface water

sampling. The detail about the location is given in the Table 3.12. The detailed analysis

report is enclosed as Annexure-VII. The detailed analysis report of pre monsoon season

is enclosed as Annexure-VIII. The results are presented in Table No. 3.13.

The purpose of this study is to:

• Assess the water quality characteristics for critical parameters;

• Evaluate the impacts on agricultural productivity, habitat conditions, recreational

resources and aesthetics in the vicinity; and

• Predict the likely impacts on water quality due to the proposed project and related

activities.

3.6.3 Methodology

The monitoring location has been finalized considering following points:-

• Drainage pattern of the regional area;

• Location of residential areas representing different activities/likely impact areas;




Ground water sources covering 10-km radial distance were examined for physico-chemical

parameters in order to assess the effect of industrial and other activities on the

hydrosphere resources. The samples were collected and analyzed as per the procedures

specified in 'Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and wastewater' published by

American Public Health Association (APHA).

3.6.4 Water Sampling Locations

Seven groundwater samples were collected as grab samples and were analyzed for

various parameters. The analyzed results were compared with the standards for drinking

water as per IS: 10500. The water sampling locations are listed below in Table 3.12.

Table 3.12 Water Quality Locations

Location Code

Location Name Details Direction w.r.t Project Site

Co-ordinates

GW-1 Sedria Near School ,Hand pump

Water NW N-26

026’28.5’’ E-76

000’13.7’’

GW-2 Dehold Ki Dhani Near Temple Hand pump

Water NNE N-26

027’23.1’’ E-76

002’47.6’’

GW-3 Kishorepura Ki Dhani

Near School, Hand pump Water

NE N-26026’20.7’’ E-76

001’51.9’’

GW-4 Lalwari Supply Water ESE N-26025’30.1’’ E-76

002’33.8’’

GW-5 Shrisukhpur Near Gram Panchayat Hand pump Water

SSE N-26025’47.6’’ E-76

001’06.5’’

GW-6 Thunj (Radhagovindpura)

Hand pump Water SSW N-26

025’13.8’’ E-76

000’15.1’’

GW-7 Bhagatpur Rampura

Near Gram Panchayat Hand pump

WNW N-26025’03.2’’ E-75

058’57.8’’

SW-1 Sedria Talab Water

Talab Water NW N-26

026’34.9’’ E-76

000’19.8’

Table 3.13 (a) Water quality of the study area

Sr.No. Parameter Requirement (Desirable

Limits)

Permissible Limits in the Absence of Alternate Source

Units

GW1

GW2

GW3

1 pH 6.5 – 8.5 NR - 7.14 7.17 7.24

2 Color (Hazen units)

< 5 < 25 Hazen <01 <01 <01

3 Taste Agreeable - - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

4 Odor Unobjec-tionable

- - Unobjec-tionable

Unobjec-tionable

Unobjec-tionable

5 Conductivity -- -- µS/cm 1986 1242 1466

6 Turbidity (NTU) < 5 < 10 NTU 1.30 1.50 1.30

7 Total Dissolve solids

< 500 < 2000 mg/L 1288 802 948

8 Total Hardness as CaCO3

< 300 < 600 mg/L 368 336 576

9 Total Alkalinity < 200 < 600 mg/L 440 360 300

10 Calcium as Ca < 75 < 200 mg/L 89.6 70.4 134.4




11 Magnesium as Mg < 30 < 100 mg/L 34.5 38.4 57.6

12 Residual Chlorine < 0.2 - mg/L <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

13 Boron < 1 < 5 mg/L 0.005 0.002 0.008

14 Chloride as Cl < 250 < 1000 mg/L 340.8 134.9 255.6

15 Sulphate as SO4 < 200 < 400 mg/L 53.7 54.7 55.6

16 Fluorides as F- < 1.0 < 1.5 mg/L 1.16 1.12 1.16

17 Nitrates as NO3 < 45 < 100 mg/L 8.72 8.19 8.82

18 Phenolic Compounds

< 0.001 < 0.002 mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

19 Cyanide as CN < 0.05 NR mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

20 Anionic Detergents

< 0.2 < 1.0 mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

21 Mineral Oil < 0.01 < 0.03 mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

22 Cadmium as Cd < 0.01 NR mg/L 0.004 <0.001 <0.001

23 Arsenic as As < 0.01 NR mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

24 Copper as Cu < 0.05 < 1.5 mg/L 0.026 <0.001 0.002

25 Lead as Pb < 0.05 NR mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

26 Manganese as Mn < 0.1 < 0.3 mg/L 0.004 <0.001 <0.001

27 Iron as Fe < 0.3 < 1.0 mg/L 0.12 0.08 0.15

28 Chromium as Cr6+

< 0.05 NR mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

29 Zinc as Zn < 5 < 15 mg/L 0.032 0.0023 0.039

30 Aluminum as Al < 0.03 < 0.2 mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

31 Mercury as Hg < 0.001 NR mg/L <0.0002 <0.0002 <0.0002

32 Selenium as Se < 0.01 NR mg/L < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001

33 E-coli(Nos/100 ml) Absent - - Absent Absent Absent

34 Coliform Organisms/100mL

< 10 -- MPN/ 100 ml

Nil Nil Nil

Table 3.13 (b)

Water quality of the study area Sr.No. Parameter Requireme

nt (Desirable

Limits)

Permissible Limits in

the Absence of Alternate Source

Units

GW4

GW5

GW6

GW7

1 pH 6.5 – 8.5 NR - 7.19 7.08 7.15 7.19

2 Color (Hazen units)

< 5 < 25 Hazen

<01 <01 <01 <01

3 Taste Agreeable - - Agreeable

Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

4 Odor Unobjec-tionable

- - Unobjec-

tionable

Unobjec-tionable

Unobjec-tionable

Unobjec-

tionable

5 Conductivity -- -- µS/cm

1058 1458 926 4156

6 Turbidity (NTU) < 5 < 10 NTU 1.50 1.60 1.50 1.20

7 Total Dissolve solids

< 500 < 2000 mg/L 684 942 598 2696

8 Total Hardness as CaCO3

< 300 < 600 mg/L 264 576 368 1120

9 Total Alkalinity < 200 < 600 mg/L 320 400 280 520

10 Calcium as Ca < 75 < 200 mg/L 54.4 121.6 83.2 227.2

11 Magnesium as Mg < 30 < 100 mg/L 30.7 65.2 38.4 132.7

12 Residual Chlorine < 0.2 - mg/L <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

13 Boron < 1 < 5 mg/L <0.001 0.006 <0.001 0.031

14 Chloride as Cl < 250 < 1000 mg/L 113.6 156.2 99.4 1008.2




15 Sulphate as SO4 < 200 < 400 mg/L 38.4 65.2 31.6 116.1

16 Fluorides as F- < 1.0 < 1.5 mg/L 0.96 1.23 0.68 1.98

17 Nitrates as NO3 < 45 < 100 mg/L 6.09 6.64 5.64 10.15

8 Phenolic Compounds

< 0.001 < 0.002 mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

19 Cyanide as CN < 0.05 NR mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

20 Anionic Detergents < 0.2 < 1.0 mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

21 Mineral Oil < 0.01 < 0.03 mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

22 Cadmium as Cd < 0.01 NR mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

23 Arsenic as As < 0.01 NR mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.006

24 Copper as Cu < 0.05 < 1.5 mg/L <0.001 0.005 <0.001 0.052

25 Lead as Pb < 0.05 NR mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.002

26 Manganese as Mn < 0.1 < 0.3 mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.009

27 Iron as Fe < 0.3 < 1.0 mg/L 0.06 0.11 0.06 0.23

28 Chromium as Cr6+ < 0.05 NR mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

29 Zinc as Zn < 5 < 15 mg/L 0.009 0.009 0.004 0.59

30 Aluminum as Al < 0.03 < 0.2 mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.001

31 Mercury as Hg < 0.001 NR mg/L <0.0002 <0.0002 <0.0002 <0.0002

32 Selenium as Se < 0.01 NR mg/L < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001

33 E-coli(Nos/100 ml) Absent - - Absent Absent Absent Absent

34 Coliform Organisms/100mL

<10 -- MPN/ 100 ml

Nil Nil Nil Nil

Table No. 3.13 (c)

Surface Water Analysis Results

Sample code .NO Location Name Date of sampling

SW-1 Sedria Talab Water 30.05.2013

S. No. Parameter Limits (Class C) Units SW1 1 pH 6.5 – 8.5 - 7.23

2 Color (Hazen units) < 300 Hazen 36

3 Taste -- - Agreeable

4 Odor -- - Unobjectionable

5 Conductivity -- µS/cm 730

6 Turbidity (NTU) -- NTU 26.6

7 Total Dissolve solids < 1500 mg/L 468

8 Total Hardness as CaCO3 -- mg/L 96

9 Total Alkalinity -- mg/L 220

10 Calcium as Ca -- mg/L 22.4

11 Magnesium as Mg -- mg/L 9.6

12 Residual Chlorine -- mg/L <0.02

13 Boron -- mg/L 0.005

14 Chloride as Cl < 600 mg/L 78.1

15 Sulphate as SO4 < 400 mg/L 24.9

16 Fluorides as F- < 1.5 mg/L 0.59

17 Nitrates as NO3 < 50 mg/L 5.14

18 Phenolic Compounds < 0.005 mg/L <0.001

19 Cyanide as CN < 0.05 mg/L 0.004

20 Anionic Detergents < 1 mg/L 0.026

21 Mineral Oil -- mg/L <0.001

22 Cadmium as Cd < 0.01 mg/L 0.002

23 Arsenic as As < 0.2 mg/L <0.001

24 Copper as Cu < 1.5 mg/L 0.03




Results & Conclusions

Eight groundwater and one surface water samples were collected as grab samples

and were analyzed for various parameters. The result indicates that the ground water

quality values at location G7 (Bhagatpur Rampura) is much higher (TDS, Total

Hardness, Total Alkalinity, Total Calcium, Total Magnesium and fluorides) with

respect to other locations. The surface water results are more or less within the

permissible limit except for the BOD and COD parameter, which are slightly higher

than the permissible limit.

3.7 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The physical description of sound concerns its loudness as a function of frequency.

Noise in general is sound, which is composed of many frequency components of various

types of loudness distributed over the audible frequency range. The most common and

universally accepted scale is the A weighted scale, which is measured as dB (A). This is

more suitable for audible range of 20 to 20,000 Hz. The scale has been designed to

weigh various components of noise according to the response of human ear. The

environmental impact of noise can have several effects varying from Noise Induced

Hearing Loss (NIHL) to annoyance depending on loudness of noise.

The main objective of noise monitoring in the study area is to establish the baseline noise

levels and assess the impact of the total noise expected to be generated during the

project operations around the project site. The statistical analysis is done for measured

noise levels at seven locations in the study area. The parameters are analyzed for Leqday

and Leqnight. The statistical analysis results are given below:

25 Lead as Pb < 0.1 mg/L <0.001

26 Manganese as Mn -- mg/L <0.001

27 Iron as Fe < 50 mg/L 0.21

28 Chromium as Cr6+

< 0.05 mg/L <0.001

29 Zinc as Zn < 15 mg/L 0.39

30 Aluminum as Al -- mg/L <0.001

31 Mercury as Hg -- mg/L <0.0002

32 Selenium as Se < 0.05 mg/L < 0.001

33 Dissolved Oxygen >4 mg/L 3.2

34 Biochemical Oxygen Demand ( 5 days at 20

0 C)

< 3 mg/L 15

35 Chemical Oxygen Demand -- mg/L 48

36 E-coli(Nos/100 ml) -- - Absent

37 Coliform Organisms < 5000 MPN/100 ml 4652




3.7.1 Identification of Sampling Locations

A preliminary reconnaissance survey has been undertaken to identify the major noise

generating sources in the area. Noise at different noise generating sources has been

identified based on the residential, industrial and commercial activities in the area.

The noise monitoring has been conducted for determination of noise levels at seven

locations in pre-monsoon in the study area. The noise levels at each location were

recorded for 24-hrs. The environment setting of each noise monitoring location is given in

Table-3.14.

Table 3.14 Location of monitoring station of ambient noise levels in the study area

Location Code

Location Name Direction w.r.t Plant Site (km)

N-1 Project Site --

N-2 Sedria 1.9

N-3 Dehold Ki Dhani 2.7

N-4 KishorePura Ki Dhani 1.6

N-5 Lalwari 3.05

N-6 Shrisukhpur 1.06

N-7 Thunj (Radhagovindpura) 1.5

N-8 Bhagatpur Rampura 3.6

3.7.2 Method of Monitoring

Sound Pressure Levels (SPL) measurements were recorded at six locations. The readings

were taken for every hour for 24-hrs. The day noise levels have been monitored during 6

am to 10 pm and night noise levels during 10 pm to 6 am at all the locations covered in the

study area.

Measured noise level displayed as a function of time provides a useful scheme for

describing the acoustical climate of a community. Noise levels recorded at each station are

computed for equivalent noise levels. Equivalent noise level is a single number descriptor

for describing time varying noise levels.

3.7.3 Presentation of Results

The statistical analysis is done for measured noise levels at eight locations in the study

area. The parameters are analyzed for Lday, Lnight, and Ldn. The statistical analysis results

are given in Table-3.15

Table-3.15

Ambient Noise Levels in The Study Area [dB(A)] during March to May 2013

Location code

Location Name Direction w.r.t Plant Site (km)

Date of sampling

N1 Project Site -- 08.04.2013

N2 Sedria 1.9 10.04.2013

N3 Dehold Ki Dhani 2.7 12.04.2013

N4 Kishore Pura Ki Dhani 1.6 15.04.2013

N5 Lalwari 3.05 17.04.2013

N6 Shrisukhpur 1.06 19.04.2013




N7 Thunj (Radhagovindpura) 1.5 22.04.2013

N8 Bhagatpur Rampura 3.6 24.04.2013

Values are in db(A)

3.7.4 Observation of Results

a) Day Time Noise Levels (Leqday)

Study Area

The daytime (Leqday) noise levels are observed to be in the range of 50.8 – 46.4

dB (A) which are within the prescribed limit of 55 dB (A).

b) Night time Noise Levels (Leqnight)

Study Area

The nighttime (Leqnight) Noise levels are observed to be in the range of 43.6 –

38.0 dB (A) Which are within the prescribed limit of 45 dB (A)

Time N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6 N7 N8 DAY TIME

7 AM 42.6 44.8 40.3 41.6 45.8 42.5 47.2 43.1

8 AM 45.8 46.5 43.6 42.2 47.2 45.8 49.5 48.5

9 AM 47.5 48.3 46.2 47.8 49.5 48.8 51.6 49.8

10 AM 48.3 50.4 47.8 49.7 50.4 49.5 53.8 50.6

11 AM 49.8 51.3 49.2 48.3 48.2 50.3 50.4 48.5

12 NOON 47.2 50.2 46.3 45.6 46.5 46.6 49.5 47.2

13 PM 46.5 48.3 45.8 47.8 45.9 48.8 48.6 48.3

14 PM 48.3 49.6 46.9 48.4 47.3 49.2 49.9 46.8

15 PM 46.2 47.8 47.3 49.9 46.5 47.3 50.4 47.7

16 PM 47.8 48.6 48.2 48.3 45.9 48.1 51.2 48.9

17 PM 49.5 50.7 48.9 50.4 48.5 49.2 53.5 49.8

18 PM 48.3 51.2 46.2 49.9 46.2 47.6 52.4 48.2

19 PM 46.8 49.5 44.6 46.3 44.8 46.5 51.2 46.7

20 PM 45.2 47.3 43.8 45.8 43.4 44.3 49.8 43.6

21 PM 43.3 45.2 39.5 42.6 41.2 42.8 46.7 42.2

NIGHT TIME

22 PM 42.8 43.5 39.8 40.5 39.5 40.5 45.8 40.8

23 PM 41.6 42.8 38.4 37.2 38.5 39.8 44.3 39.2

24 MN 40.9 40.6 37.6 36.8 38.9 40.4 42.8 38.4

1 AM 39.2 41.3 38.8 36.2 37.4 39.5 41.6 37.1

2 AM 38.5 39.5 37.2 35.7 36.2 38.2 40.3 36.2

3 AM 39.6 40.2 36.4 36.6 38.0 37.1 41.5 36.9

4 AM 37.4 41.6 36.9 37.4 39.8 38.5 42.6 38.2

5 AM 40.3 42.4 37.2 38.1 40.3 39.5 44.5 39.2

6 AM 41.5 43.1 39.5 40.5 42.9 41.2 45.8 41.3

Maximum 49.8 51.3 49.2 50.4 50.4 50.3 53.8 50.6

Minimum 37.4 39.5 36.4 35.7 36.2 37.1 40.3 36.2 Day

equivalent 47.3 49.1 46.4 47.7 47.0 47.1 50.8 47.3

Night equivalent

40.5 41.9 38.1 38.0 39.5 39.6 43.6 38.9




3.8 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

Documentation of biological components in a project area and its immediate

surroundings is imperative in the case of any developmental project, to ensure that

the ecological setup of the area does not degrade and in effect is improved. For

understanding the impact of a proposed project, it is better to prioritize the

conservation issues, in terms of flora and fauna, in addition to other base line

parameters. Biodiversity study of the proposed project ‘Visaka Industries’ was

carried out to understand the status of predominant floral and faunal groups i.e.

trees, shrubs, herbs, grasses, herpeto-fauna, avifauna and mammals. To collect data

and information on specific components of the ecological system and pertinent

issues widely used standard scientific methods were adopted. Rapid field surveys

were undertaken during Oct-Nov 2013 for collecting relevant data.

The objectives of the present study were as follows:

• To identify the floral and faunal diversity,

• To assess nature and distribution of the vegetation in the area,

• To identify the endangered species of flora and fauna, if any

• Discussion with local people so as to elicit information about local plants,

animals and their uses; Gathering data for ethno biology.

• To prepare conservation plan for Schedule I fauna , if any

a. Methodology

Extensive literature review was carried out to indentify the representative

spectrum of threatened species, population and ecological communities listed by

IUCN, WCMC, ZSI, BSI and Indian wild Life Protection act, 1972 (IWPA 1972).

Biodiversity study of the proposed project of Visaka Industries Ltd., coming up at

village Rachakpura, Shedriya Grampanchayat, Tehsil Niwai Dist. Tonk

Rajasthan, was carried out to understand the status of predominant floral and

faunal groups i.e. trees, shrubs, herbs, grasses, herpetofauna, avifauna and

mammals.

Table 3.16

Methods used for study of flora & fauna

Taxa Sampling Methods Plants Quadrate sampling and enumeration

Butterflies Transect, Visual encounter survey

Amphibians Visual encounter survey (search)

Reptiles Visual encounter survey (search)

Birds Point count, opportunistic observation

Mammals Tracks and signs, and visual encounter survey




Fauna:

i. Avifauna

Species search and census: Standard methods were followed to survey the avifauna.

Point count method was followed for counting the birds. Opportunistic surveys were

also carried out with respect to avifaunal checklist. Identification by calls was also

made for species which were not directly encountered or were hidden in the

vegetation or canopy. Secondary data collected from the literature was also included

in the present given list.

ii. Herpetofauna

Amphibians and reptiles recorded during area searches were identified by visual

characteristics. Aquatic searches involved examining each type of aquatic habitat.

iii. Mammals

Presence of mammals was documented by using both direct sightings and indirect

evidences i.e. animal burrows/holes, scats, pellets, droppings and tracks

Opportunistic sightings were also included. Circular Plots were used to search

indirect evidences.

Floristic studies were conducted during March-May 2013 to know the presence of

any endangered/threatened/endemic plant species study area of the existing industry

(10-km radius).

The data collected in the field was analyzed for secondary parameters such as

density, frequency and abundance following standard phyto-sociological methods.

Shannon-Wiener diversity index (Shannon and Wiener, 1963) was calculated for all

life forms as follows:

Table 3.17

Estimation of phyto-sociological parameters

1 Frequency (%) = (No. of quadrats of occurrence of the species X 100) / Total No. of quadrats sampled

2 Abundance = Total No. of individuals of the species / No. of quadrats of Occurrence

3 *Density = Total No. of individuals of the species / Total No. of quadrats sampled

4 Relative Frequency = (Frequency of the given species X 100) / Sum of all frequencies

5 Relative Density = (Density of the given species X 100) / Sum of all densities

6 Relative Abundance = (Abundance of species X 100) / Sum of all abundances 7 Basal Area = (GBH)2 / 4Π

8 Dominance = Total Basal Area / Total area sampled 9 Relative Dominance = (Dominance of given species X 100) / Dominance of all

species




10 Important Value Index (I.V.I.) = Relative Density + Relative Frequency + Relative Dominance

Note: *Density refers to the number of individuals per unit area of a site.

STATISTICAL ANALYSIS

Shannon-Wiener diversity index (Shannon and Wiener, 1963) was calculated for all

life forms following:

Shannon- Wiener Information Function: D = -Σ pi ln pi

Where: i = an index for the number of species sampled, pi = ni/N =percentage of

species i in the entire sample (N) of individuals, and ln = natural log. Multiply the

percentage (or proportion) of each species in the sample times the natural log of that

same value, sum the products across all species, and then multiply by minus 1.

Forest blocks within 10 km radius

S. No. Name of Forest Block Direction Distance 1. Open Mixed Jungle North-East 5.0 km

BIODIVERSITY PROFILE OF THE CORE ZONE (PROJECT SITE: 91054 Sq.m

/9.10 ha)

Vegetation Survey:

List of the plants recorded from the core zone (project site) is given below (table no.

3.19):

Table No. 3.18

Plants recorded in the proposed project area: Visaka Industries Ltd.

Trees

No tree species observed during the site visit

Shrubs 1 Aak Calotropis gigantea Apocynaceae (Sub.

family Asclepiadaceae)

Agriculture

2 Vilayati Babool

Prosopis juliflora Fabaceae (Sub. family Mimosoideae)

Agriculture

4 Jharberi Zizyphus nummularia Rhamnaceae Agriculture

5 Behaya Ipomoea carnea Convolvulaceae Agriculture

Herb & Grasses

S. No. Vernacular

Name Scientific name Family

Habitat

1 Bui Aerva tomentosa Amaranthaceae

2 Jangali Cholai

Amaranthus spinosus Amaranthaceae Scrubland

3 Pili Kantili Argemone mexicana Papaveraceae

Scrubland/ Agriculture

4 Doob Cynodon dactylon Poaceae Desert/ Scrubland/ Agriculture

5 Unthkanta Echinops echinatus Asteraceae Scrubland/ Agriculture




6 Badi Dudhi Euphorbia hirta Euphorbiaceae Desert/ Scrubland/ Agriculture

7 Jangi Gobi/ Van gobi

Launaea procumbens Asteraceae Scrubland/ Agriculture

8 Gajar Ghas Parthenium hysterophorus

Asteraceae Desert/ Scrubland/ Agriculture

9 Kantkeri Solanum xanthocarpum

Solanaceae Desert/ Scrubland/ Agriculture

10 Sarphonk Tephrosia purpurea Fabaceae Desert/ Scrubland/ Agriculture

11 Gokhru Tribulus terrestris Zygophyllaceae Desert/ Scrubland/ Agriculture

12 Barahmasi Tridax procumbens Asteraceae Scrubland/ Agriculture

Pro

ject:

Vis

ak

a In

du

str

ies

Ltd

.

SE

CT

ION

-III/D

esc

rip

tio

n o

f th

e E

nvir

on

men

t

D

ocu

men

t

No

.: E

ES

PL

/VIL

/002

/35

8-E

C/I

ND

./201

3

En

ka

y E

nvir

o S

erv

ices P

vt.

Ltd

., J

aip

ur

9

2

Fig

ure

No

. 3.5

P

ictu

res s

ho

win

g v

eg

eta

tio

n in

th

e s

tud

y a

rea

Pro

ject:

Vis

ak

a In

du

str

ies

Ltd

.

SE

CT

ION

-III/D

esc

rip

tio

n o

f th

e E

nvir

on

men

t

Do

cu

men

t N

o.:

EE

SP

L/V

IL/0

02/3

58-E

C/IN

D./2

013

En

ka

y E

nvir

o S

erv

ices P

vt.

Ltd

., J

aip

ur

9

3

BU

FF

ER

ZO

NE

(i.

e.

10 k

m r

ad

ius f

rom

th

e p

eri

ph

ery

of

the p

roje

ct

sit

e)

Veg

eta

tio

n s

urv

ey:

1.

Tre

e s

pecie

s:

Tab

le N

o.

3.1

9

Imp

ort

an

t V

alu

e In

de

x (

IVI)

of

tree s

pe

cie

s in

th

e B

uff

er

zo

ne o

f stu

dy a

rea

Lif

e F

orm

: T

ree

(100x 1

00

m.)

V

ern

acu

lar

na

me

S

cie

nti

fic N

am

e

To

tal N

o o

f q

uad

rate

stu

die

d

#

@

F (

%)

D

A

RF

R

D

RA

IV

I

Ronjh

A

cacia

le

ucoph

ole

a

70

27

31

38.6

0.4

4

1.1

5

9.0

6.5

4.0

19.5

Bab

oo

l A

cacia

nilo

tica

70

34

56

48.6

0.8

0

1.6

5

11.3

11.8

5.7

28.8

Kum

ttha

Acacia

se

neg

al

70

12

19

17.1

0.2

7

1.5

8

4.0

4.0

5.5

13.5

Bae

l A

eg

le m

arm

elo

s

70

8

9

11.4

0.1

3

1.1

3

2.7

1.9

3.9

8.5

Siris

A

lbiz

ia lebb

eck

70

12

14

17.1

0.2

0

1.1

7

4.0

2.9

4.1

11.0

Neem

A

zadir

achta

ind

ica

70

29

39

41.4

0.5

6

1.3

4

9.7

8.2

4.7

22.6

Dhak

Bute

a m

onosp

erm

a

70

30

45

42.9

0.6

4

1.5

0

10.0

9.5

5.2

24.7

lasod

a

Cord

ia d

ichoto

ma

70

5

6

7.1

0.0

9

1.2

0

1.7

1.3

4.2

7.1

Shesh

am

D

alb

erg

ia s

issoo

70

24

47

34.3

0.6

7

1.9

6

8.0

9.9

6.8

24.7

Kun

ali/

khairi

Dic

hro

sta

chys c

inere

a

70

3

5

4.3

0.0

7

1.6

7

1.0

1.1

5.8

7.9

Safe

da

E

ucaly

ptu

s g

lob

olu

s

70

12

29

17.1

0.4

1

2.4

2

4.0

6.1

8.4

18.5

Sub

abu

l Leucae

na leucoceph

ala

70

11

19

15.7

0.2

7

1.7

3

3.7

4.0

6.0

13.7

Kankera

M

ayte

nus e

marg

inata

70

19

31

27.1

0.4

4

1.6

3

6.3

6.5

5.7

18.5

Khajo

or

Pho

en

ix s

ylv

estr

is

70

15

25

21.4

0.3

6

1.6

7

5.0

5.3

5.8

16.1

Kara

nj

Pon

gam

ia p

innata

70

13

21

18.6

0.3

0

1.6

2

4.3

4.4

5.6

14.4

Kheja

ri

Pro

sop

is c

inera

ria

70

24

42

34.3

0.6

0

1.7

5

8.0

8.8

6.1

22.9

Rohid

a

Tecom

ella

un

dula

ta

70

5

9

7.1

0.1

3

1.8

0

1.7

1.9

6.3

9.8

Ber

Ziz

iph

us m

auritian

a

70

17

29

24.3

0.4

1

1.7

1

5.7

6.1

6.0

17.7

428.6

6.8

0

28.6

5

100.0

100.0

100.0

300.0

#: T

ota

l n

o o

f qu

adra

te in w

hic

h s

pecie

s o

ccurr

ed,

@:

Tota

l no.

of

ind

ivid

ua

ls, F

: F

requency (

%),

D: D

ensity,

A:

Abu

nda

nce, R

F:

Re

lative F

requ

ency,

RD

: R

ela

tive D

ensity, R

A:

Rela

tive A

bund

ance, IV

I: I

mport

ant V

alu

e I

nd

ex S

han

non W

ien

er

Div

ers

ity I

nd

ex (

H’)

fo

r tr

ees w

as o

bserv

ed

: 2.8

Pro

ject:

Vis

ak

a In

du

str

ies

Ltd

.

SE

CT

ION

-III

/De

scri

pti

on

of

the E

nvir

on

men

t

Do

cu

men

t N

o.:

EE

SP

L/V

IL/0

02/3

58-E

C/IN

D./2

013

En

ka

y E

nvir

o S

erv

ice

s P

vt.

Ltd

., J

aip

ur

9

4

The h

ighest

IVI

for

trees a

t stu

dy a

rea w

as r

ecord

ed f

or

Acacia

nilo

tica (

28.8

), P

rosopis

cin

era

ria (

55.5

), B

ute

a m

onosperm

a (

24.7

)

and D

alb

erg

ia s

issoo (

24.7

) w

ith I

VI

valu

es in p

are

nth

esis

.

Fig

ure

No

. 3.6

C

om

mo

n t

ree s

pecie

s o

bserv

ed

in

th

e s

tud

y a

rea

Pro

ject:

Vis

ak

a In

du

str

ies

Ltd

.

SE

CT

ION

-III

/De

scri

pti

on

of

the E

nvir

on

men

t

Do

cu

men

t N

o.:

EE

SP

L/V

IL/0

02/3

58-E

C/IN

D./2

013

En

ka

y E

nvir

o S

erv

ice

s P

vt.

Ltd

., J

aip

ur

9

5

Tab

le 3

.20

Imp

ort

an

t V

alu

e In

de

x (

IVI)

of

sh

rub

sp

ecie

s in

th

e b

uff

er

zo

ne o

f stu

dy a

rea

en

tifi

c N

am

e

To

tal N

o o

f q

uad

rate

stu

die

d

#

@

F (

%)

D

A

RF

R

D

RA

IV

I

Adh

ato

da v

asic

a

70

17

36

24.2

9

0.5

1

2.1

2

3.8

2

4.1

8

4.7

2

12.7

2

Calo

trop

is g

igante

a

70

33

39

47.1

4

0.5

6

1.1

8

7.4

2

4.5

3

2.6

3

14.5

8

Capp

aris d

ecid

ua

70

7

12

10.0

0

0.1

7

1.7

1

1.5

7

1.3

9

3.8

2

6.7

8

Carissa c

ong

esta

70

11

23

15.7

1

0.3

3

2.0

9

2.4

7

2.6

7

4.6

6

9.8

0

Cassia

auricula

ta

70

36

81

51.4

3

1.1

6

2.2

5

8.0

9

9.4

1

5.0

1

22.5

1

Cle

roden

dru

m v

iscosu

m

70

13

24

18.5

7

0.3

4

1.8

5

2.9

2

2.7

9

4.1

1

9.8

2

Datu

ra s

tra

mon

ium

70

23

35

32.8

6

0.5

0

1.5

2

5.1

7

4.0

7

3.3

9

12.6

2

Dodo

nae

a v

iscosa

70

5

17

7.1

4

0.2

4

3.4

0

1.1

2

1.9

7

7.5

7

10.6

7

Gre

wia

tenax

70

16

21

22.8

6

0.3

0

1.3

1

3.6

0

2.4

4

2.9

2

8.9

6

Indig

ofe

ra o

blo

ng

ifo

lia

70

12

25

17.1

4

0.3

6

2.0

8

2.7

0

2.9

0

4.6

4

10.2

4

Ipom

oea c

arn

ea

70

28

72

40.0

0

1.0

3

2.5

7

6.2

9

8.3

6

5.7

3

20.3

8

Pro

sop

is ju

liflo

ra

70

52

115

74.2

9

1.6

4

2.2

1

11.6

9

13.3

6

4.9

3

29.9

7

Law

son

ia inerm

is

70

12

21

17.1

4

0.3

0

1.7

5

2.7

0

2.4

4

3.9

0

9.0

3

Mim

osa h

am

ata

70

27

39

38.5

7

0.5

6

1.4

4

6.0

7

4.5

3

3.2

2

13.8

1

Neriu

m o

lea

nder

70

19

42

27.1

4

0.6

0

2.2

1

4.2

7

4.8

8

4.9

2

14.0

7

Lanta

na c

am

ara

70

12

25

17.1

4

0.3

6

2.0

8

2.7

0

2.9

0

4.6

4

10.2

4

Opuntia d

ille

nii

70

3

10

4.2

9

0.1

4

3.3

3

0.6

7

1.1

6

7.4

2

9.2

6

Securi

neg

a v

irosa

70

7

17

10.0

0

0.2

4

2.4

3

1.5

7

1.9

7

5.4

1

8.9

6

Sesba

nia

sesban

70

28

38

40.0

0

0.5

4

1.3

6

6.2

9

4.4

1

3.0

2

13.7

3

Thevetia p

eru

via

na

70

24

41

34.2

9

0.5

9

1.7

1

5.3

9

4.7

6

3.8

0

13.9

6

Ziz

yph

us n

um

mula

ria

70

31

57

44.2

9

0.8

1

1.8

4

6.9

7

6.6

2

4.1

0

17.6

8

Ric

inus c

om

munis

70

29

71

41.4

3

1.0

1

2.4

5

6.5

2

8.2

5

5.4

5

20.2

2

635.7

1

12.3

0

44.9

0

100.0

100.0

100.0

300.0

#: T

ota

l n

o o

f qu

adra

te in w

hic

h s

pecie

s o

ccurr

ed,

@:

Tota

l no.

of

ind

ivid

ua

ls, F

: F

requency (

%),

D: D

ensity,

A:

Abu

nda

nce, R

F:

Rela

tive F

reque

ncy, R

D: R

ela

tive D

ensity, R

A:

Rela

tive A

bund

ance,

IVI:

Im

port

an

t V

alu

e Ind

ex S

han

no

n W

ien

er

Div

ers

ity I

nd

ex

(H’)

fo

r sh

rub

s w

as o

bse

rved

1.7

3

The h

ighest

IVI

for

shru

b a

t stu

dy a

rea w

as r

ecord

ed f

or

Pro

sopis

julif

lora

(29.9

7),

Cassia

auricula

ta (

22.5

1),

Ipom

oea c

arn

ea

(20.3

8)

and R

icin

us c

om

munis

(20.2

2),

follo

wed b

y Z

izyphus n

um

mula

ria (

17.6

8)

with I

VI valu

es in p

are

nth

esis

.

Pro

ject:

Vis

ak

a In

du

str

ies

Ltd

.

SE

CT

ION

-III

/De

scri

pti

on

of

the E

nvir

on

men

t

Do

cu

men

t N

o.:

EE

SP

L/V

IL/0

02/3

58-E

C/IN

D./2

013

En

ka

y E

nvir

o S

erv

ice

s P

vt.

Ltd

., J

aip

ur

9

6

Fig

ure

No

. 3.7

C

om

mo

n s

hru

b &

herb

sp

ecie

s o

bserv

ed

in

th

e s

tud

y a

rea

Pro

ject:

Vis

ak

a In

du

str

ies

Ltd

.

SE

CT

ION

-III

/De

scri

pti

on

of

the E

nvir

on

men

t

Do

cu

men

t N

o.:

EE

SP

L/V

IL/0

02/3

58-E

C/IN

D./2

013

En

ka

y E

nvir

o S

erv

ice

s P

vt.

Ltd

., J

aip

ur

9

7

T

ab

le N

o.

3.2

1

mp

ort

an

t V

alu

e In

dex

(IV

I) o

f h

erb

sp

ec

ies i

n t

he b

uff

er

zo

ne o

f stu

dy a

rea

Lif

e F

orm

: H

erb

(5x

5m

.)

Vern

acu

lar

na

me

Scie

nti

fic N

am

e

To

tal N

o

of

qu

ad

rate

stu

die

d

#

@

F (

%)

D

A

RF

R

D

RA

IV

I

Bui

Aerv

a to

men

tosa

14

9

31

64.2

9

2.2

1

3.4

4

7.5

0

6.7

1

5.0

2

19.2

3

Janga

li C

ho

lai

Am

ara

nth

us s

pin

osus

14

3

17

21.4

3

1.2

1

5.6

7

2.5

0

3.6

8

8.2

6

14.4

4

Pili

Ka

ntili

Arg

em

on

e m

exic

ana

14

7

23

50.0

0

1.6

4

3.2

9

5.8

3

4.9

8

4.7

9

15.6

0

Aak

Calo

trop

is p

rosera

14

11

17

78.5

7

1.2

1

1.5

5

9.1

7

3.6

8

2.2

5

15.1

0

San

ay

Cassia

occid

enta

lis

14

3

7

21.4

3

0.5

0

2.3

3

2.5

0

1.5

2

3.4

0

7.4

2

Tum

ba

Citru

llus c

olo

cynth

is

14

4

6

28.5

7

0.4

3

1.5

0

3.3

3

1.3

0

2.1

9

6.8

2

Pill

i K

antili

Arg

em

on

e m

exic

ana

14

10

51

71.4

3

3.6

4

5.1

0

8.3

3

11.0

4

7.4

3

26.8

0

Doob

C

ynodo

n d

acty

lon

14

5

39

35.7

1

2.7

9

7.8

0

4.1

7

8.4

4

11.3

7

23.9

8

Unth

kanta

E

chin

ops e

ch

inatu

s

14

10

43

71.4

3

3.0

7

4.3

0

8.3

3

9.3

1

6.2

7

23.9

1

Bad

i D

udh

i E

up

horb

ia h

irta

14

8

29

57.1

4

2.0

7

3.6

3

6.6

7

6.2

8

5.2

8

18.2

3

Bekara

In

dig

ofe

ra c

ord

ifolia

14

6

37

42.8

6

2.6

4

6.1

7

5.0

0

8.0

1

8.9

9

22.0

0

Van g

ob

i Laun

aea

pro

cum

be

ns

14

8

41

57.1

4

2.9

3

5.1

3

6.6

7

8.8

7

7.4

7

23.0

1

Gaja

r G

has

Part

heniu

m h

yste

roph

oru

s

14

3

17

21.4

3

1.2

1

5.6

7

2.5

0

3.6

8

8.2

6

14.4

4

Kantk

eri

S

ola

num

xan

thocarp

um

14

9

19

64.2

9

1.3

6

2.1

1

7.5

0

4.1

1

3.0

8

14.6

9

Sarp

honk

Tephro

sia

purp

ure

a

14

11

34

78.5

7

2.4

3

3.0

9

9.1

7

7.3

6

4.5

0

21.0

3

Gokhru

T

ribulu

s terr

estr

is

14

7

27

50.0

0

1.9

3

3.8

6

5.8

3

5.8

4

5.6

2

17.3

0

Bara

hm

asi

Tridax p

rocu

mbe

ns

14

6

24

42.8

6

1.7

1

4.0

0

5.0

0

5.1

9

5.8

3

16.0

2

857.1

4

33.0

0

68.6

2

100.0

0

100.0

0

100.0

0

300.0

0

#: T

ota

l n

o o

f qu

adra

te in w

hic

h s

pecie

s o

ccurr

ed,

@:

Tota

l no.

of

ind

ivid

ua

ls, F

: F

requency (

%),

D: D

ensity,

A:

Abu

nda

nce, R

F:

Re

lative F

requ

ency,

RD

: R

ela

tive D

ensity, R

A:

Rela

tive A

bund

ance, IV

I: I

mport

ant V

alu

e I

nd

ex S

han

no

n W

ien

er

Div

ers

ity In

de

x (

H’)

fo

r h

erb

was o

bserv

ed

2.7

The h

ighest

IVI

for

herb

at

stu

dy a

rea w

as r

ecord

ed f

or

Arg

em

one m

exic

ana (

26.8

0),

Cynodon d

acty

lon (

23.9

8),

Echin

ops

echin

atu

s (

23.9

1),

Launaea p

rocum

bens (

23.0

1),

follo

wed b

y I

ndig

ofe

ra c

ord

ifolia

(22.0

) w

ith I

VI

valu

es in p

are

nth

esis

.

Pro

ject:

Vis

ak

a In

du

str

ies

Ltd

.

SE

CT

ION

-III

/De

scri

pti

on

of

the E

nvir

on

men

t

Do

cu

men

t N

o.:

EE

SP

L/V

IL/0

02/3

58-E

C/IN

D./2

013

En

ka

y E

nvir

o S

erv

ice

s P

vt.

Ltd

., J

aip

ur

9

8

Fig

ure

No

. 3.8

C

om

mo

n h

erb

s o

bserv

ed

in

th

e s

tud

y a

rea

Project: Visaka Industries Ltd SECTION-III/ DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

Document No. .: EESPL/VIL/002/358-EC/IND/2013


1. Flora:

Table No. 3.22

List of tree species recorded in the Buffer Zone

Trees S.No. Vernacular Name Scientific name Family Habitat

1. Ronjh Acacia leucopholea Fabaceae (Mimosoideae) Forest/Agriculture

2. Babool Acacia nilotica Fabaceae (Mimosoideae) Forest/Agriculture

3. Kumttha Acacia senegal Fabaceae (Mimosoideae) Forest

4. Siris Albizia lebbeck Mimosaceae Forest/Agriculture/ Sub Urban

5. Neem Azadirachta indica Meliaceae Agriculture/Sub Urban

6. Kachnar Bauhinia purpurea Leguminosae Agriculture/Sub Urban

7. Dhak Butea monosperma Fabaceae (Papilionaceae) Forest/Agriculture

8. Amaltash Cassia fistula Caesalpiniaceae Agriculture/Sub Urban

9. lasoda Cordia dichotoma Boraginaceae Agriculture/Sub Urban

10. Shesham Dalbergia sissoo Fabaceae (Papilionaceae) Agriculture/Sub Urban

11. Gulmohar Delonix regia Caesalpiniaceae Agriculture/Sub Urban

12. Kunali/khairi Dichrostachys cinerea Mimosaceae Forest

13. Pangri,dadak Erythrina indica Fabaceae (Papilionoideae) Forest/Agriculture

14. Safeda/ Sugandhapatra Eucalyptus globolus Myrtaceae Agriculture/Sub Urban

15. Bargad Ficus benghalensis Moraceae Agriculture/Sub Urban

16. Pipal Ficus religiosa Moraceae Agriculture/Sub Urban

17. Subabul Leucaena leucocephala Fabaceae (Mimosoideae) Forest/Agriculture 18. Kankera Maytenus emarginata Celastraceae Forest/Agriculture

19. Shahtoot Morus alba Moraceae Forest/Agriculture

20. Khajoor Phoenix sylvestris Arecaceae (Palmae) Forest/Agriculture

21. Jangle Jalebi Pithecellobium dulce Fabaceae Forest/Agriculture

22. Karanj Pongamia pinnata Fabaceae (Papilionaceae) Forest/Agriculture

23. Khejari Prosopis cineraria Mimosaceae Agriculture/Sub Urban

24. Jamun Syzygium cumini Myrtaceae Agriculture/Sub Urban

25. Imli Tamarindus indica Fabaceae (Leguminosae) Agriculture/Sub Urban

26. Rohida Tecomella undulata Bignoniaceae Forest/Agriculture

27. Sagon Tectona grandis Lamiaceae Forest

28. Indrajau/ Dudhi Wrightia tinctoria Apocynaceae Forest

29. Ber Ziziphus mauritiana Rhamnaceae Forest/Agriculture/Sub Urban

Table No. 3.23

List of shrub, herb and grass species recorded in the buffer zone

SHRUB

S.No. Vernacular Name Scientific name Family 1 Aak Calotropis procera Asclepiadaceae

2 Aakra Calotropis gigantea Asclepiadaceae

3 Arandi Ricinus communis Euphorbiaceae

4 Behaya Ipomoea carnea Convolvulaceae

5 Champa Plumeria alba Apocynaceae

6 Dandathor Euphorbia caducifolia Euphorbiaceae

7 Dhatura Datura stramonium Solanaceae

8 Foog Calligonum polygonoides Polygonaceae

9 Jharberi Ziziphus nummularia Rhamnaceae

10 Kair Capparis decidua Capparaceae

11 Kaner Nerium oleander Apocynaceae

12 Khimp Leptadenia pyrotechnica Asclepiadaceae

13 Nag phani Opuntia elatior Cactaceae

14 Raimuniya Lantana camara Verbenaceae

15 Sanay Cassia auriculata Fabaceae




16 Vilayati babool Prosopis juliflora Mimosaceae

HERBS

1 Bui Aerva tomentosa Amaranthaceae

2 Pili Kantili Argemone mexicana Papaveraceae

3 Kala bhangra Anisomeles indica Lamiaceae

4 Jangli chaulai Amaranthus spinosus Amaranthaceae

5 Latjira Achyranthes aspera subsp. argentea Amaranthaceae

6 Latjira Achyranthes aspera subsp. porphyristachya

Amaranthaceae

7 Muktajhuri Acalypha indica Euphorbiaceae

8 Punarnava Boerhavia diffusa Nyctaginaceae

9 Purple-Leaf Button Weed Borreria ocymoides Rubiaceae

10 Survali Celosia argentea Amaranthaceae

11 chitraa Citrullus colocynthis Cucurbitaceae

12 Jakhiya, Safed hulhul Cleome gynandra Cleomaceae

13 Kankus Commelina forskalei Commelinaceae

14 Ban Tulsi Croton bonplandianum Euphorbiaceae

15 Kachari Cucumis melo ssp. agrestis Cucurbitaceae

16 Dhatura Datura metel Solanaceae

17 Latmahuria Digera muricata Amaranthaceae

18 Motha Cyperus rotundus Cyperaceae

19 Unthkanta Echinops echinatus Asteraceae

20 Oldman'S Cap Polycarpaea corymbosa Caryophyllaceae

21 Gulpankhi Polygala erioptera Polygalaceae

22 Laptuna Setaria verticillata Poaceae (Gramineae)

23 Baraira (bala) Sida acuta Malvaceae

24 Khareti Sida rhombifolia Malvaceae

25 Asiatic witchweed Striga asiatica Scrophulariaceae

26 Marigold Tagetes minuta Asteraceae

27 Yellow Bell Tecoma gaudichaudi Bignoniaceae

28 Sarphonk Tephrosia purpurea Fabaceae (Papilionaceae)

29 Sarapunkha Tephrosia villosa Fabaceae (Papilionaceae)

30 Peeli Kaner Thevetia peruviana Apocynaceae

31 Ashvagandha Withania somnifera Solanaceae

32 Badi Dudhi Euphorbia hirta Euphorbiaceae

33 Sunflower Helianthus annus Asteraceae

34 Gokhru Indigofera cordifolia Fabaceae (Papilionaceae)

35 Nili Indigofera linnaei Fabaceae (Papilionaceae)

36 -- Ipomoea pes-tigridis Convolvulaceae

37 Raimuniya Lantana camera Verbenaceae

38 Tikiokra Melochia corchorifolia Sterculiaceae

39 jharasi Mollugo pentaphylla Molluginaceae

40 Shankhapushpi Evolvulus alsinoides Convolvulaceae

41 -- Fimbristylis falcata Cyperaceae

42 Dudhi Sonchus oleraceus Asteraceae

43 Damanpaper Oldenlandia corymbosa Rubiaceae

44 Gajar Ghas Parthenium hysterophorus Asteraceae (Compositae)

45 Bada gokhru Pedalium murex Pedaliacae

46 Bilari Mukia maderaspatana Cucurbitaceae

47 Ashwagandha Withania somnifera Solanaceae

Grass

1 Jhuhi ghas Alysicarpus monilifer Fabaceae (Papilionaceae)




2 Bristle grass Aristida adscensionis Poaceae (Gramineae)

3 Doob ghas Cynodon dactylon Poaceae (Gramineae)

4 Sheda Grass Dichanthium annulatum Poaceae (Gramineae)

5 Makra Dactyloctenium aegyptium Poaceae (Gramineae)

6 Panghas Eragrostis japonica Poaceae (Gramineae)

FAUNA:

BIODIVERSITY PROFILE OF THE BUFFER ZONE

(10 km radius from the Periphery of the project site)

AVIFAUNA

Totally 31 species of the birds belonging to 22 families were recorded from the buffer

zone of the study area. Dominant family was Columbidae and Sturnidae with 3

species each and Laughing dove, Brahminy starling as the dominant species. A

Schedule I species, Pavo cristatus (Indian peafowl) was reported from the buffer

zone located close vicinity of the human habitation / villages. For the same,

conservation plan is given at the end of this chapter. All the bird species reported

from the study area enlisted in the following table:

Table No. 3.24

List of Avifauna observed in the buffer zone

S.No. Common Name Scientific name Family Status (IWPA 1972)

1. Shikra Accipiter badius Accipitridae Schedule IV

2. Spot-billed duck Anas poecilorhyncha Anatidae Schedule IV

3. Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis Ardeidae Schedule IV

4. Little Egret Egretta garzetta Ardeidae Schedule IV

5. Red-wattled lapwing Vanellus cinereus Charadriidae No mention

6. Rock Pigeon Columba livia Columbidae Schedule IV

7. Laughing dove Streptopelia senegalensis

Columbidae Schedule IV

8. Eurasian Collared dove Streptopelia decaocto Columbidae Schedule IV

9. House crow Corvus splendens Corvidae Schedule V

10. Black drongo Dicrurus macrocercus Dicruridae Schedule IV

11. White-throated Kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis Halcyonidae Schedule IV

12. Wire-tailed swallow Hirundo smithii Hirundinidae No mention

13. Wire-tailed Swallow Hirundo smithii Hirundinidae Schedule IV

14. Southern Grey Shrike Lanius meridionalis Laniidae Schedule IV

15. Jungle Babbler Turdoides striata Leiothrichidae Schedule IV

16. Green bee-eater Merops orientalis Meropidae No mention

17. Blue-tailed Bee-eater Merops philippinus Meropidae Schedule IV

18. White Wagtail Motacilla alba Motacillidae Schedule IV

19. Indian Cormorant Phalacrocorax fuscicollis

Phalacrocoracidae Schedule IV

20. Grey francolin Francolinus pondicerianus

Phasianidae Schedule IV

21. Indian peafowl Pavo cristatus Phasianidae Schedule I 22. Baya weaver Ploceus philippinus Ploceidae Schedule IV

23. Rose-ringed Parakeet Psittacula krameri Psittaculidae Schedule IV

24. Red-vented bulbul Pycnonotus cafer Pycnonotidae Schedule IV




25. White-breasted Waterhen Amaurornis phoenicurus Rallidae Schedule IV

26. Common Coot Fulica atra Rallidae Schedule IV

27. Black winged stilt Himantopus himantopus Recurvirostridae Schedule IV

28. Brahminy starling Sturnus pagodarum Sturnidae Schedule IV

29. Common myna Acridotheres tristis Sturnidae Schedule IV

30. Bank myna Acridotheres ginginianus

Sturnidae Schedule IV

31. Common hoopoe Upupa epops Upupidae No mention

Figure 3.9

Common birds recorded in the study area







Figure No.3.10 Common birds recorded in the study area

Figure No. 3.11 Common water Birds observed in the study area




Table No. 3.25

List of mammalian species recorded in Buffer Zone (31398 ha) S.

No. Vernacular Name Scientific Name Family Status

(IWPA) Occurrence

Common Rare Very Rare 1 Mongoose Herpestes

edwardsi Herpestidae II *

2 Five stripped palm squirrel

Funambulus pennantii

Sciuridae IV *

3 Common House rat

Rattus rattus Muridae V *

4 Grey Musk Shrew Suncus murinus Soricidae -- *

5 Indian Hare Lepus nigricollis Leporidae IV *

6 Indian field mouse Mus booduga Muridae V *

7 Common Fox Vulpes bengalensis

Canidae II *

8 Nilgai Boselaphus tragocamelus

Bovidae III *

Table No. 3.26

List of amphibian species recorded in Buffer Zone (31398 ha)

S. No. Vernacular Name Scientific Name Family Status (IWPA) 1 Indian Bullfrog Hoplobatrachus tigerinus Ranidae No mention

2 Indian skipper frog Euphlyctis cyanophlyctis Dicroglossidae No mention




Table No. 3.27

List of reptiles recorded in Buffer Zone (31398 ha) S.No. Vernacular

Name Scientific Name Family Status

(IWPA) Occurrence

Common Rare Very Rare 1 Common

House Gecko Hemidactylus frenatus

Gekkonidae No mention *

2 Oriental Garden Lizard

Calotes versicolor Agamidae No mention *

3 Yellow-Bellied House Gecko

Hemidactylus flaviviridis

Agamidae No mention *

4 Indian sand boa

Eryx johnii Boidae Schedule IV *

5 Common Rat Snake

Ptyas mucosus Colubridae Schedule II *




Table No. 3.28

Butterflies recorded in Buffer Zone (31398 ha) S. No. Species Scientific Name Family Occurrence

Common Rare Very Rare

1 Common Rose Atrophaneura aristolochiae Papilionidae *

2 Crimson Rose Pachliopta hector Papilionidae *

3 Lime Butterfly Papilio polymnestor Papilionidae *

4 Plain Orange Tip Colitis eucharis Pieridae *

5 Yellow Orange Tip Lxias pyrene Pieridae *

6 Yellow Pansy Junonia hierta Nymphalidae *

7 Blue Pansy Junonia orithya Nymphalidae *

8 Plain Tiger Danaus chrysippus Nymphalidae *

9 Common Grass Yellow

Eurema hecabe Pieridae *

A total of 09 species of butterflies were recorded during the field survey. The

dominant family was Nymphalidae with 03 species with plain tiger as the dominant

species.




3.9 SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

3.9.1 Methodology

a) Objectives

The broad objectives of the socio-economic impact assessment are:

1. To study the socio-economic status of the people living in the study area.

2. To assess the impact on socio-economic environment due to the project

concerned.

3. To evaluate the community development measures proposed to be taken up by

the Project Proponent, if any.

4. To suggest community development measures that needs to be taken for the study

area with stakeholder engagement.

5. The studies carried out are descriptive and exploratory in nature.

b) Collection of data

The information analyzed for the project has been collected from various secondary

sources, which has been supported by the extensive site visits and field observations.

Secondary: Review of secondary data viz. Primary Census Abstract- Census of India

2011, and latest available district statistical Hand Books with respect to population and

occupational structure. Various research papers of the concerned area.

Primary: A social survey for examination of the respective site and specific region in

reference to its general character. Primary data collected by Semi-structured

Interviews / discussions etc. in sample villages and households. Site visits and

observations of the socio economic environment.

c) Sampling method

The studies are conducted and inferences are drawn on the basis of observation and

field survey. The sample of (15) people were interviewed through Semi-structured

Interviews and selected, on the basis of non probability random sampling and

convenience sampling with access to the nearest habitation to the extent possible.

3.9.2 Demographic environment

a. Habitation

The study area comprises of, 56 village human settlement. The total area of the

study area is 314.0 Sq. km. The population of the Tonk thereby recording a

percentage decadal growth rate of 17.33% for the decade 2001 – 2011. The

demographic study area is as following tables:




b. Population

The total number of households is 10,365 with an average household size of 5

people. There are 58,341 people in the study area as per Census of India,

2011.

Population of the study area (10.0 k.m.):-

S. No. Name Households Total Population Total Males Total Females 1 Agarpura 73 348 195 153

2 Ahmadnagar 52 323 174 149

3 Ajeetpura 119 663 353 310

4 Anatpura 141 786 424 362

5 Bahadurpura 39 231 116 115

6 Banshipura 138 633 300 333

7 Bhagatrampura 56 303 168 135

8 Bhagwanpura 56 370 197 173

9 Bhairupura 105 580 283 297

10 Bhanwata 286 1580 789 791

11 Bhanwati 157 934 481 453

12 Bharthala 410 2150 1112 1038

13 Bhurtiya 163 971 486 485

14 Chainpura 285 1777 922 855

15 Dahlod 295 1766 910 856

16 Dayalpura 46 279 142 137

17 Devpura 94 428 214 214

18 Ganeshpura @ Hathathali 184 973 527 446

19 Gangapura 164 781 405 376

20 Gopalpura 190 1051 542 509

21 Gordhanpura 129 799 408 391

22 Gunsi 291 1690 884 806

23 Harbhanwata 183 1147 588 559

24 Haripura 196 903 489 414

25 Jaisinghpura 149 997 494 503

26 Janwali 253 1341 701 640

27 Jasodanandan Pura @ Thuni 86 550 285 265

28 Jhanpari 61 427 217 210

29 Jhilai 1037 5758 2963 2795

30 Jugalpura Kalan 146 885 470 415

31 Kairod 149 753 405 348

32 Kareda Bujurg 458 2610 1347 1263

33 Kayamnagar @ Basri 90 523 281 242

34 Khajpura 131 767 394 373

35 Kishorpura 99 616 329 287

36 Kurawada 132 921 475 446

37 Lalwari 676 3534 1839 1695

38 Luhara 334 1898 998 900

39 Lunera 81 649 339 310

40 Mahadeo Pura 36 243 138 105

41 Mothooka 44 259 146 113

42 Mundiya Khurd 98 505 253 252

43 Niwai (M) Urban ward 282 1453 824 629

44 Rachakpura 11 59 29 30

45 Radha -Govindpura 63 280 142 138

46 Ramsagar 103 525 299 226

47 Shedriya 225 1468 767 701




48 Sangrampura 59 429 216 213

49 Sanwariya 513 2762 1392 1370

50 Shri Gopalpura 50 362 184 178

51 Shri Sooratpura 93 419 223 196

52 Shyopura 53 314 163 151

53 Sirohi 789 4112 2101 2011

54 Soorat Rampura 91 685 359 326

55 Surajpura (Abad) 53 294 152 142

56 Vijai Govindpura 68 477 245 232

Total 10365 58341 30279 28062 *Census of India, 2011

b. Gender Ratio

Out of the total population, in the study area of 10.0 k.m. constitutes 51.90% of males

and 48.10% of females. The gender ratio in study area is 926 much lower against the

Jaipur district gender ratio (949) as per the Census of India 2011 and (936) 2001.

c. Literacy Rate

The Average literacy of 10.0 k.m. of the study area is 51.60%. The Male literacy with

respect to male population is 65.74% and the Female literacy with respect to female

population is 36.35%. The literacy gap is high and the female literacy is low in the

study area as per the Census of India, 2011.

Literacy Profile:-

S. No. Name Total Literates Male Literates Female Literates 1 Agarpura 173 131 42

2 Ahmadnagar 190 120 70

3 Ajeetpura 341 229 112

4 Anatpura 370 253 117

5 Bahadurpura 102 64 38

6 Banshipura 305 194 111

7 Bhagatrampura 187 126 61

8 Bhagwanpura 193 136 57

9 Bhairupura 230 153 77

10 Bhanwata 664 456 208

11 Bhanwati 495 332 163

12 Bharthala 1046 708 338

13 Bhurtiya 612 379 233

14 Chainpura 1096 727 369

15 Dahlod 863 589 274

16 Dayalpura 140 89 51

17 Devpura 162 116 46

18 Ganeshpura @ Hathathali 416 273 143

19 Gangapura 356 239 117

20 Gopalpura 499 351 148

21 Gordhanpura 427 286 141

22 Gunsi 986 643 343

23 Harbhanwata 524 373 151

24 Haripura 473 329 144

25 Jaisinghpura 537 315 222




26 Janwali 669 456 213

27 Jasodanandan Pura @ Thuni 289 188 101

28 Jhanpari 207 140 67

29 Jhilai 3445 2132 1313

30 Jugalpura Kalan 453 301 152

31 Kairod 270 219 51

32 Kareda Bujurg 1647 1030 617

33 Kayamnagar @ Basri 185 149 36

34 Khajpura 323 224 99

35 Kishorpura 400 230 170

36 Kurawada 364 267 97

37 Lalwari 1448 958 490

38 Luhara 1077 724 353

39 Lunera 231 166 65

40 Mahadeo Pura 99 71 28

41 Mothooka 130 101 29

42 Mundiya Khurd 228 156 72

43 Niwai (M) Urban ward 1030 637 393

44 Rachakpura 29 16 13

45 Radha Govindpura 161 114 47

46 Ramsagar 234 188 46

47 Shedriya 694 491 203

48 Sangrampura 258 154 104

49 Sanwariya 1409 908 501

50 Shri Gopalpura 196 125 71

51 Shri Sooratpura 200 143 57

52 Shyopura 138 99 39

53 Sirohi 2115 1384 731

54 Soorat Rampura 384 259 125

55 Surajpura (Abad) 169 104 65

56 Vijai Govindpura 233 158 75

Total 30102 19903 10199 Census of India, 2011

d. Occupational structure

The work participation rate is 47.22% of the study area. The non working population

is 52.78% constituting male workers to be 25.74% and females with 27.04%

population. The main workers in the study area are 33.68% constituting 21.51%

males and 12.17% females. The marginal workers constitute 13.54%, among which

the males constitute 4.64% and female workers constitute 8.90%.

Occupation Profile

Name Main Workers Marginal Workers Non workers

Total Males Fem Total Males Fem Total Males Fem Agarpura 128 86 42 16 0 16 204 109 95

Ahmadnagar 74 68 6 80 11 69 169 95 74

Ajeetpura 319 169 150 8 7 1 336 177 159

Anatpura 328 188 140 43 18 25 415 218 197

Bahadurpura 84 49 35 29 15 14 118 52 66

Banshipura 234 114 120 22 9 13 377 177 200




Bhagatrampura 186 98 88 0 0 0 117 70 47

Bhagwanpura 199 104 95 3 1 2 168 92 76

Bhairupura 353 166 187 14 2 12 213 115 98

Bhanwata 616 368 248 431 147 284 533 274 259

Bhanwati 222 182 40 298 92 206 414 207 207

Bharthala 652 471 181 414 74 340 1084 567 517

Bhurtiya 350 228 122 31 29 2 590 229 361

Chainpura 512 307 205 175 102 73 1090 513 577

Dahlod 556 372 184 368 104 264 842 434 408

Dayalpura 73 68 5 67 0 67 139 74 65

Devpura 244 108 136 22 10 12 162 96 66

Ganeshpura @ Hathathali 350 243 107 225 41 184 398 243 155

Gangapura 59 56 3 295 140 155 427 209 218

Gopalpura 30 23 7 613 301 312 408 218 190

Gordhanpura 308 175 133 58 35 23 433 198 235

Gunsi 674 404 270 79 21 58 937 459 478

Harbhanwata 416 251 165 170 36 134 561 301 260

Haripura 215 205 10 56 48 8 632 236 396

Jaisinghpura 310 172 138 189 52 137 498 270 228

Janwali 622 346 276 30 9 21 689 346 343

Jasodanandan Pura @ Thuni 224 105 119 14 9 5 312 171 141

Jhanpari 42 40 2 177 71 106 208 106 102

Jhilai 1912 1400 512 498 111 387 3348 1452 1896

Jugalpura Kalan 361 197 164 8 2 6 516 271 245

Kairod 315 160 155 107 52 55 331 193 138

Kareda Bujurg 968 622 346 173 51 122 1469 674 795

Kayamnagar @ Basri 240 117 123 14 10 4 269 154 115

Khajpura 115 109 6 349 121 228 303 164 139

Kishorpura 123 100 23 189 59 130 304 170 134

Kurawada 231 209 22 294 46 248 396 220 176

Lalwari 748 677 71 305 176 129 2481 986 1495

Luhara 654 394 260 164 84 80 1080 520 560

Lunera 314 170 144 13 1 12 322 168 154

Mahadeo Pura 65 39 26 53 23 30 125 76 49

Mothooka 66 65 1 129 50 79 64 31 33

Mundiya Khurd 259 126 133 5 2 3 241 125 116

Niwai (M) Urban ward 375 322 53 41 23 18 1037 479 558

Rachakpura 25 17 8 5 0 5 29 12 17

Radha Govindpura 63 61 2 110 23 87 107 58 49

Ramsagar 252 133 119 2 2 0 271 164 107

Shedriya 455 266 189 305 112 193 708 389 319

Sangrampura 201 96 105 21 15 6 207 105 102

Sanwariya 1298 723 575 258 70 188 1206 599 607

Shri Gopalpura 149 91 58 20 5 15 193 88 105

Shri Sooratpura 126 99 27 85 4 81 208 120 88

Shyopura 102 72 30 20 4 16 192 87 105

Sirohi 1405 851 554 688 222 466 2019 1028 991

Soorat Rampura 282 137 145 21 10 11 382 212 170

Surajpura (Abad) 25 20 5 95 49 46 174 83 91

Vijai Govindpura 145 114 31 1 1 0 331 130 201

Total 19654 12553 7101 7900 2712 5188 30787 15014 15773 *As per Census of India, 2011




3.9.3 Social infrastructure available

The proposed project is located in the village Rachakpura with its Head Quarter in

the Gram Panchayat, Shedriya.

• Medical Facilities: PHC Mundiya 7.3 km W, Aaganbadi Munidya 7.4 km W;

Aaganbadi Bhanwati 4.3 km SW; PHC Bhanwati 4.4 km SW; Aaganbadi Lalwari 3.2

km ESE; Upswastha Kendra Lalwari 3.2 km ESE; Upswastha Kendra Shedriya 1.8

km NW;

• Gram Panchayat H.Q., Shedriya 1.6 km NW

• Educational Facilities: Jeevan Jyoti Madhyamik Vidhyalya, Bhanwata 3.2 km SW;

Rajkiya Madhyamik Vidhyalya Mundiya 6.0 km SW; Rajkiya Adarsh Uchh Prathmik

Vidhyalya, Lalwari 3.5 km ESE, Rajkiya Uchh

Prathmik Vidhyalya, Shedriya 1.7 km NW ;

Sandeep Convent School, Mundiya 6.3 km

SW ; Rajkiya Ucch Prathmik Vidhyalya ,

Kishorpura 2.0 km NE

• Religious places: Bhairon ji ka Baagh 1.6 km

NE

• Market Places: Unorganasied market place is

in Dahlod 3.4 km NE, Shedriya 2.0 km NW,

but for organized market place villagers

commute to Niwai.

• Others : Bharat Nirman Rajiv Gandhi Seva

Kendra, Dahlod,

Approach Road: The main road towards

Site location is permanent, painted, and

cemented. The internal roads of the

villages are semi-permanent and

temporary (Kutcha). The major modes of

transport which travel in the main roads

are Private, Tractors, Scooters, Motor

Cycles but the internal roads are kutcha

largely with Cycles, Carts & tractors. The

ladies generally take a walk when they

commute whereas the men travel cycles /

motorbikes.




3.9.4 Socio economic observations

There various panchayats in the

study area includes Shedriya,

Dahlod, Lalwari & Shri Rampura.

All the above gets the source of

potable drinking water from the

Besalpur pipeline.

Housing

The habitation of Rachakpura is almost

negligible as compared to the nearby

villages in the study area with only 4

houses as per the site visit observations

whereas 11 households as per the

Population Census Abstract, Census of

India (2011). The village has large size

of land holdings in the revenue records

therefore it exists as a separate village

in the records with its Gram panchayat

h.q. at Shedriya.

Housing Pattern

The major houses were permanent with

semi-permanent sheds in the study area.

The Uninhabited Houses in the vicinity were

due to movement to Niwai and nearby towns

and cities in search of work. The internal

housing structure was nucleated with

chaotic agglomeration, a strong internal

differentiation of the separated quarters for

various castes in a village.




Religion, Caste & Festivals

Predominant castes in village Lalwari (3.0

km ESE) is of Rajput, Brahmin, Dhobi, Jat.

In Rachakpura the 4 houses during survey,

belonged to Raigar community.

Bhairon-ji-ka-baag (1.60 km NE) is an

(oran) sacred area distinctively known for

the temple of Lord Bhairon and for the

Palaash trees found, only in the area. The

Palaash trees make the area look

distinctively beautiful and sacred.

In the 10.0 km of the study area there is large no. of Gurjars’ making the regional area

politically sensitive of Gurjar community. The community has recently been involved in the

agitations for reservation quota of Gurjars.

In Conversation with Pushpa devi

(Kishorpura) about the whether the folkways

are followed by men. The 65 year old

residents, exclaimed that as per the Gurjar

tradition, only those men shall keep

moustaches, had their fathers expire.

However this custom is not followed

anymore as they (whose fathers expire),

don’t like to keep moustaches. When asked

as the women in the region given a right to

decide to unfollow any custom she is not

comfortable, Smt. Pushpa devi refused

sadly.

Employment & Occupation

The local villagers practice more of agriculture (Gehu, Makka, Jwar, Bajra) and the skilled

workers and head loading labour move to Niwai. The educated youth of the villages find

services & job works in Niwai.




Education Primary Education is available in the study area. For higher education students move to Niwai or Jaipur city.

Infrastructural facilities in the Rajkiya Adarsh Uchh Prathmik Vidhyalya, Lalwari 3.5 km ESE, there were bathrooms available (separate for boys and girls) in the school but the water supply was unavailable in bathrooms. Children fill water from the school borewell tap and carry the buckets to flush the toilets.

The educational level in the region is moderate. The female literacy is low as per the survey and the Census of India 2011. The young children mainly girls are increasingly sent to school. The students smilingly told that there is increasing number of young girls regularly coming to the school but the boys are not seriously studying as indicated by their low-attendance. Outdoor games are the ways of amusement adopted by majority children in Lalwari as compared to the urban youth involved with Television and indoor activities.

Rajkiya Uchh Prathmik Vidhyalya, Kishorpura. Up-swasth Kendra, Lalwari

• Hygiene, Drinking water & Sanitation Access to potable drinking water is drawn from Hand pumps. The major sources of water supply are mix of bore wells with more effluent classes in the village and Tap- water, Wells, Tanks, and Tankers. The source of potable drinking water now is from the Besalpur pipeline.

• Health There are presently only primary health facilities near the proposed site area. A multi specialty hospital is in Niwai (over 10.0 km from the proposed site area). Hence with the coming up of the proposed unit there shall be provision of critical medical facilities (like a Government hospital) with the ICU room within 5.0 km of the proposed unit. The weakness in women was observed mainly due to malnutrition. The Aanganbadi, Kishorpura workers train toddlers, provide daycare for infants and their mothers. Major health problems with mothers and children below 5 years are malnutrition (Kuposhan) as told by the active Aaganabadi workers Smt. Jyoti. Major bottlenecks in the study area:

• Malnutrition Camps for Mother and Child in the study area including drops / supplements are required in the region.

• Rain water harvesting structure is required to make the schools and health centers self sustainable with the water supply for drinking and bathrooms.

• Lack of sources of income and employment, make the region dependent on rain-fed agriculture. The sources of irrigation are insufficient to manage under-employment.

• A Multi-specialty hospital for critical illness and emergency should be in the vicinity of 5.0 km of the proposed site region.

********************

Project: Visaka Industries Ltd. SECTION-IV/ ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL

Document No.: EESPL/VIL/002/358-EC/IND./2013 IMPACTS & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT


SECTION – IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & ENVIRONMENT

MANAGEMENT MEASURES

INDEX

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT

MEASURES ........................................................................................................................... 118

4.1 GENERAL ..................................................................................................................... 118

4.2 LAND ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................................ 118

4.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................................... 119

4.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................. 129

4.5 SOLID WASTE ............................................................................................................. 132

4.6 NOISE POLLUTION ..................................................................................................... 133

4.7 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................... 134

4.8 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ................................................................................ 139

************




ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & ENVIRONMENT

MANAGEMENT MEASURES

4.1 GENERAL

Various operations involved in proposed asbestos cement sheet manufacturing plant

have been studied before implementation of project to identify, predict and evaluate

impacts on various environmental components. This will help to avoid, minimize and

mitigate the pollution, which will be generated from the proposed project.

1. LAND ENVIRONMENT

2. WATER ENVIRONMENT

3. AIR ENVIRONMENT

4. NOISE ENVIRONMENT

5. SOLID WASTE

6. BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

7. SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

4.2 LAND ENVIRONMENT

4.2.1 Impact and Management

There are many changes after establishment of a new unit on a vacant land. The

new construction poses impacts on surrounding environment and surrounding land

use directly or indirectly. The possible impacts on topography and geology of the

area will occur due to land grading, scraping, filling, excavation of earthworks for

making water reservoir/piling activities, making roads; work shed related civil

construction activities. Following are the measures to minimize the impacts on land

environment:-

• After construction, land use will be consistent with the local land use plan.

• The site is not falling in the way of any stream. After construction, there will be no

changes in the topography as the drainage of the site and the nearby area will

not be changed during construction phase.

• The surrounding area is undeveloped.

• There is no restricted area within the study area.

• 33% of the total plot area will be under dense plantation.

• Traffic load will be increased but approach roads are sufficient to support the

extra traffic load. However, proponent will co-operate with Govt. time to time in

strengthening of approach roads.




4.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT

Prediction of impacts is the most important component in the environmental impact

assessment studies. Several scientific techniques and methodologies are available to

predict impacts of developmental activities on physico, ecological and socioeconomic

environments. Such predictions are superimposed over the baseline (pre project)

status of environmental quality to derive the ultimate (post project) scenario of

environmental conditions. The prediction of impacts helps to identify the

environmental management plan required to be executed during and after

commissioning the proposed project to minimize the adverse impacts on

environmental quality. The details of the emission during construction phase and

operation phase is given below:-

4.3.1 Impact on Air Environment

A. During Construction Phase

Construction activities have the potential to generate a substantial amount of air

pollution. Construction activities that contribute to air pollution include - land clearing,

operation of diesel engines, burning, and working with toxic materials. Diesel is also

responsible for emission of carbon monoxide, hydrocarbons, nitrogen oxides and

carbon dioxide. Noxious vapors from oils, glues, thinners paints, treated woods,

plastics, cleaners and other hazardous chemicals that are widely used on

construction sites, also contribute to air pollution. The dust generation during

construction will be suppressed through intensive water spraying. The proper

maintenance of equipment and transport vehicles will reduce generation of gases.

During construction phase fugitive dust emission sources will be as under:

I. Construction Operation:

Fugitive dust emission is the main pollution, generated from the construction

activities.

Construction site generate high levels of dust (typically from concrete, cement,

wood, stone, silica). Construction dust is classified as PM10 - particulate matter

less than 10 microns in diameter, invisible to the naked eye. However, the impact

on the air quality during construction phase will be localized, temporary and

reversible in nature. Particulate dust emissions from the construction are a

function of total land disturbed and the volume of soil excavated. The ratio of PM2.5

to PM10 is assumed to be 0.20.




The emission factors vary from approximately 0.019 tons PM10/acre-month for initial

emissions estimate. The construction will take 18 months for completion. Thus,

emission will be 1.06 kg PM10 per day.

II. Particulate Emission from Transportation:

When a vehicle travel on the road, particulate emissions occur due to direct

emissions from vehicles in the form of exhaust. The level of the emission

depends upon the condition of the road (paved/unpaved) and condition of

vehicles. PM dust emissions from road construction activities are a function of

acres disturbed during construction. As most of the vehicle used in plant are

trucks and heavy vehicle which are diesel vehicles. Diesel engines breathe only

air, blow by gases from the crankcase (consisting primarily of air and HC) are

rather low. Due to its low volatility, evaporative emissions from the fuel tank can

also be ignored. The low concentration of CO and un-burnt Hydro Carbons in the

diesel exhaust are compensated by high concentration of NOx.

B. During Operation Phase

1. Process Emissions

The operational activities are usually expected to have long-term impacts on air

quality. Major sources of air pollutants are process vents and handling of raw

materials in process. The other air pollutant is asbestos fibre, which arises from

Asbestos related activity. The major sources of emission from the proposed activity

are

1. Fibre Handling Area - Total dust with fibre content

2. Cement handling Area - Total dust or suspended particulate matter

3. Fly Ash handling Area - Total dust or suspended particulate matter.

4. Standby Power Supply System - DG sets - Suspended Particulate matter, SO2

and NOx.

4.3.2 AIR MODELING

Impact on Air Quality

The impact on air quality is assessed based on emissions of the proposed activities

in the plant. Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM), PM2.5, PM10, Asbestos fibre, NOx

and CO will be the important pollutants emitting from the point sources.




Prediction of impacts on air environment has been carried out employing mathematical

model based on a steady state Gaussian plume dispersion model designed for multiple

point sources for short term. In the present case, AERMOD version 7.1 developed by

United States Environmental Protection Agency [USEPA] dispersion model based on

steady state Gaussian plume dispersion, designed for multiple point sources for short

term has been used for simulations from point and line sources.

Model Input Data

I. Point Sources:

For the modeling purpose, all pollutants as described above are considered. The

details of stack emissions envisaged from the project are given in Table-4.1 (a).

Table No. 4.1 (a)

Stack emission details

S.

No. Parameters Units Asbestos

Fibre Dust Collector System Stack

Cement Dust

Collector System Stack

Fly ash Dust


Pulverizer Dust


D.G. Set Stack

(2 nos of 500 kVA)

1 Stack Height m 18 18 18 18 10

2 Top diameter of flue m. 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2

3 Flue gas velocity m/sec 14 12 15 12 15

4 Exit Flue gas temperature

oK 313 313 313 313 473

5 Flow Rate m3/hr 6000 2500 6000 3000 1700

6 Emission rate

A

Particulate matter (SPM) emission rate

mg/Nm3 < 2 < 50 < 50 < 50

< 50

B PM2.5 emission rate g/sec - 0.034 0.0424 0.034 0.053

C PM10 emission rate g/sec - 0.021 0.0265 0.021 0.035

E NOx g/sec - - - - 0.182

F CO g/sec - - - - 0.12

G Asbestos Fibre Dust Fibre/cm3 < 2 (0.00007

g/s)

- - - -

Particulars PM10 PM2.5 Quantity, TPA 2,16,000 Operational hours per day 24 Capacity of each truck 20 T Total number of trucks per day 30 - 50 Length per trip, km 10 10 USEPA Emission Equation, lb/VMT [[(k) x [(sL/2)^0.65] x [(W/3)^1.5]] - C]((1-

(p/1460)) Emission, kg/VKmT 0.0432 0.0063




II. Line Source:

Trucks are used for transporting raw material to the plant and finished goods to end

use. The main pollutants emitting from these source are PM10, PM2.5, NOx and CO

which are considered in the present modeling.

Haulage Emissions (Paved) – Transport of Raw Materials and Finished Goods to end

use

Presentation of Results

In the present case, model simulations have been carried out for the study period. The

Ground level concentrations are computed for 24-hr average. Maximum Ground level

concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, NOx, CO and Asbestos Fibre for study period were 5.2

µg/m3, 3.3 µg/m3, 7.6 µg/m3, 5 µg/m3 and 0.002 µg/m3 respectively for the given

meteorological and topographical conditions. The obtained GLC’s are well within the

stipulated CPCB standards. The incremental ground level concentrations for PM10,

PM2.5, NOx, CO and Asbestos Fibre are given in Table-4.1 (b).

Table No. 4.1 (b)

Predicted 24-Hourly Short Term Maximum Incremental Ground Level Concentrations

Pollutant Maximum Incremental

Concentration (µµµµg/m3) Distance coordinates

(x , y) in m Towards Direction

PM10 5.2 (500 , 1000) NE PM2.5 3.3 (500 , 1000) NE NOx 7.6 (0 , - 500) W CO 5 (0 , - 500) W Asbestos Fibre

0.002 (0.000032 fibre/cm3 < 0.1

fibre/cm3)

(500 , 1000) NE

Resultant Concentrations after Implementation of the project

The maximum incremental GLCs due to the proposed project for PM10, PM 2.5, NOx and CO are

superimposed on the maximum baseline concentrations recorded during the study period. The

cumulative concentrations (baseline+incremental) after implementation of the project on the

nearby habitation are tabulated below in Table-4.1 (c). The predicted ground level

concentration isopleths for various parameters during study period are given in Figure- 4.1

to 4.5.

Emission rate, g/sec/m 0.000036 0.00000523




Table No. 4.1 (c)

Details of incremental concentration of pollutants on sensitive locations like

habitations

Pollutant Concentration (µµµµg/m3)

Baseline

(Max.) Incremental Resultant Distance (km) Direction

PM10

Project Site 39.3 2.9 42.2 -- --

Sedria 52.8 1.2 54 1.9 NW

Dehold ki Dhani 42.5 3.5 46 2.7 NNE

Kishore Pura ki Dhani

41.6 1.7 43.3

1.6 NE

Lalwari 52.9 1.2 54.1 3.0 ESE


Thunj(Radhagovindpura)

41.5 2.9 44.4

1.5 SSW

Bhagatpur Rampura

41.3 0.6 41.9

3.6 WNW

PM2.5

Project Site 20.3 1.9 22.2 -- --

Sedria 27.9 0.7 28.6 1.9 NW

Dehold ki Dhani 21.6 1.9 23.5 2.7 NNE


21 0.8 21.8

1.6 NE

Lalwari 26.3 0.8 27.1 3.0 ESE



21.6 2.6 24.2

1.5 SSW

Bhagatpur Rampura

21.3 0.4 21.7

3.6 WNW

NOx

Project Site 12.6 4.3 16.9 -- --

Sedria 15.6 1 16.6 1.9 NW

Dehold ki Dhani 13.2 3.5 16.7 2.7 NNE


13.2 2.6 15.8

1.6 NE

Lalwari 15.3 1.8 17.1 3.0 ESE



13.6 3.5 17.1

1.5 SSW

Bhagatpur Rampura

14.5 0.1 14.6

3.6 WNW

CO

Project Site 123 2.8 126 -- --

Sedria 248 0.7 249 1.9 NW

Dehold ki Dhani 215 1.7 217 2.7 NNE


215 1.2 216

1.6 NE

Lalwari 291 0.7 292 3.0 ESE

Shrisukhpur 182 2.8 185 1.0 SSE


182 2.3 184

1.5 SSW

Bhagatpur Rampura

182 0.1 182

3.6 WNW




The predictions indicate that the resultant of PM2.5, PM10, NOx, CO and Asbestos Fibre

concentrations are likely to be well within the prescribed limits.

Figure No. 4.1

Isopleths showing maximum incremental ground level concentrations of PM10

Figure No. 4.1

Isopleths showing maximum incremental ground level concentrations of PM2.5




Figure No. 4.3

Isopleths showing maximum incremental ground level concentrations of NOx

Figure No. 4.4

Isopleths showing maximum incremental ground level concentrations of CO




Figure No. 4.5

Isopleths showing maximum incremental ground level concentrations of asbestos

fiber

4.3.4 Management

I. During Construction Phase

The impacts of the construction phase will be temporary and localized phenomena

except the permanent change in local landscape and land use pattern at the project

site.

• Dust pollution can be minimized at the source by water spraying and

maintenance of road.

• Construction material will be stored in temporary storage yard.

• The excavated materials will be place only on the designated disposal areas.

• The construction area will be shielded with the help of tarpaulin from all the four

sides to contain the air emissions within the premises.

• Dust or dusty material will not be swept without effectively treating it with water or

other substances in order to minimize its dust emission.

• Suitable covered skips and enclosed chats or other suitable measures will be

provided in order to minimize dust emission to the atmosphere when materials &

waste will be removed from the premises.

• Parking lot and paved road will be constructed first.




• Upwind portion of the project will be constructed first.

• During high wind condition, construction activities will be restricted, so that

minimum flow of dust particle takes place.

• The first and most important step towards emission control for the large in-use

fleet of vehicles is the formulation of an inspection and maintenance system. It is

possible to reduce 30-40% pollution loads generated by vehicles through proper

periodical inspections and maintenance of vehicles.

• All transportation vehicles will be suitably covered with tarpaulin & overloading of

the vehicles will be avoided.

• PUC certified vehicles will be used to avoid the exhaust emission.

II. During Operation Phase

During operation phase, the impacts on the various environmental attributes should

be mitigated using appropriate pollution control equipment. The Environment

Management Plan prepared for the proposed project aims at minimizing the pollution

at source.

Air Pollution Management

The proposed mitigative measures for the plant are:

• Automatic bag open device followed by shredder is proposed for fibre handling and

pneumatic bulk handling system for cement and fly ash. The design of the bag open

device is given below:-

• High efficiency pulsejet type bag filters will be installed for fibre circuit, cement and fly

ash circuit and solid waste management device-pulveriser, bin filter for cement silo

and fly ash silo to limit the particulate matter concentrations below the standards;

• Provision of adequate height stack for wider dispersion of emissions;




• In the event of failure of any pollution control system, the unit will put off the operation

immediately and will not be restarted until the control system is rectified to achieve

the desired efficiency;

• Water spraying will be practiced frequently at all dust generating areas;

• All the internal roads are connected to reduce the fugitive dust due to vehicular

movement; and

• Improving the Greenbelt around the plant to arrest the fugitive emissions.

• Asbestos fiber (Chrysotile variety) will be imported from Canada, Brazil, Zimbabwe,

Russia and Greece. It is received in shrink or stretch wrapped HDPE woven bags.

Fiber bags are received tightly packed in wooden pallets and transported in closed

containers. The bags wear warning symbol “a”.

• The bags are handled at site by means of forklifts. Spillages if any and container after

unloading at site is cleaned using portable vacuum cleaner. Where this is not

practicable, wet mopping, collection & recycling method is adopted.

• The fibre bags will be stacked in godowns.

• Trucks after unloading will be subjected to thorough cleaning by vacuum cleaner.

• Sheet cutting operation will be carried out with the cutters operating under a steady

stream of water jet which will be recycled.

• The washing waste water is collected and periodically recycled to the process. This

technique of dust suppression has been proven to be very effective.

• Portable vacuum cleaner will be used for the cleaning of godowns and raw material

section.

• The filing and finishing operation of moulded asbestos cement goods will be carried

out in wet stage.

• Wet mopping /collection/Recycling method wherever applicable is adopted for the

spillage cleaning at raw material section.

Fugitive Emission Management • Management performance assessment to include a health and safety component which

includes asbestosis prevention.

• Utilization of appropriate and correct airborne dust sampling equipment and procedures.

• Prompt utilization of the respirable dust measurements as an indicator for the need for dust control.

• Use of approved /reputable laboratories for parameter analysis

• Measures to ensure correct statistical analysis and interpretation of homogeneous exposure group data

• Main and auxiliary ventilation air reduces dust by dilution and by displacement. The basic principle behind dilution ventilation is to provide more air and thus dilute the dust concentration. Most of the time, the dust concentration is reduced roughly in proportion to increased airflow.




• The basic principle behind displacement ventilation is to use the airflow in a way that confines the dust source and keeps it downwind from employees.

4.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT

4.4.1 Impact


• Sewage will be the only source of water pollution.

• Un-captured run off from the site.

II. During Operation Phase:-

A. Waste water from industrial process

• No process waste water will be discharged and zero discharge will be adopted and entire

process waste water will be reused / recycled in the manufacturing process.

B. Domestic waste water

• The Domestic wastewater from plant will be treated in Sewage treatment plant.

4.4.2 Management

• The construction site will be provided with sufficient and suitable toilet facilities for

workers to allow proper standards of hygiene. These facilities should preferably be

connected to a septic tank and maintained to ensure minimum environmental impact.

• Measures will be implemented to prevent seepage of liquid materials into ground where

it could contaminate groundwater;

• Ensure prompt cleaning up of accidental spillages

• Measures will be followed to prevent the contamination of hydrological features by

diesel, grease, oil, etc. derived from the working area.

• The machinery / equipment will be maintained in a good operating condition;

• Specially designated areas will be created for vehicle maintenance;

• Accidental spillages will be cleaned up promptly.

• Curing water will be sprayed and after liberal curing, all concrete structures will be

covered with gunny bags this will conserves water

• Provisions will be made to ensure the construction vehicles stick to the access track to

prevent mud & dirt being deposited on roads

• Fence will be constructed around the site to trap sediments whilst allowing the water to

flow through.

• All mud & dirt deposited on the roads from the construction activities will be cleaned.

• Adopting good construction and engineering practices will help in mitigating the water

pollution.




• The process waste water will be collected periodically and recycled to process after

sedimentation process, along with mud.

4.4.3 Rain Water Harvesting Scheme

For good design of rainwater harvesting, following points are to be kept under consideration: (a) Ideal location with good ground slope. (b) The location has adequate subsurface permeability of the aquifer to accommodate maximum recharge of rainwater through injection well. (c) Rate of filtration should exceed average rainfall intensity. (d) Clogging of filtration media should be cleaned periodically. (e) Ground water pollution does not take place

I. ROOFTOP RAIN WATER HARVESTING

Total rooftop area of proposed project is 10788 m2 that may be connected through pipes and drains to Rainwater harvesting structures which has storage chamber and the percolation pits as per sites having rooms for recharge in resonance with average rainfall, catchment area and peak rainfall intensity. Looking in to the average rainfall in this region, roof top area of the building, rain water harvesting structures are designed in such a way that even at peak rainfall intensity of 40 mm/day, water does not spill over & the entire rainwater falling over the total area goes in to the ground water body. Following dimensional parameters are considered for design of Rainwater harvesting system in the proposed project premises.

� Total Rooftop area = 10788 m2 � Average rainfall = 548 mm = 0.548 m � Catchment factor for Roof top = 0.85 (as per C.G.W.A) � Total volume of water to be captured = 10788 x 0.548 x 0.85 = 5025.05 m3 � The dimension of the structures to be designed for 40 mm/hour peak rainfall

intensity. � Considering 15 minutes of peak rainfall, runoff volume in a single storm should

be: 10788 m2 x 0.85 x 0.04 m/4 = 91.69 m3.

II. ROAD/PAVED AREA STORM WATER RUNOFF HARVESTING

In road storm water harvesting system, drains may be made on both the sides of roads with iron net filter of 2 mm opening at every 20 m. Rainwater falling on the road/paved area is carried through these drains to rainwater harvesting structure and allow to infiltered in groundwater regime. This will improve groundwater quality as well as quantity in and around the project premises. Following dimensional parameters are considered for design of road storm water harvesting system in the proposed project premises.

� Total Road/paved area = 27250 m2 � Average rainfall = 548 mm = 0.548 m � Catchment factor for Road/paved area = 0.75 (as per C.G.W.B.) � Total volume of water to be captured by road/paved area = 27250 x 0.548 x

0.75 m3 = 11199.75 m3/annum � The dimension of the structures to be designed for 40 mm/hour peak rainfall

intensity. Considering 15 minutes of peak rainfall, runoff volume in a single storm should be: 27250 m2 x 0.75 x 0.04 m/4 = 204.37 m3.

III. OPEN AREA RAINWATER HARVESTING

The total open area of proposed project is 74802 m2 which may be connected through drains to rainwater harvesting structures which has storage chamber and the percolation pits as per sites having rooms for recharge in resonance with average rainfall, catchment area and peak rainfall intensity.Following dimensional parameters




are considered for design of open area rainwater harvesting system in the proposed project premises.

� Total open area = 74802 m2 � Average rainfall = 548 mm = 0.48 m � Catchment factor for open area = 0.15 (as per C.G.W.A) � Total volume of water to be captured = 74802 x 0.548 x 0.15 = 6148.72 m3 � The dimension of the structures to be designed for 40 mm/hour peak rainfall

intensity. Considering 15 minutes of peak rainfall, runoff volume in a single storm should be: 74802 m2 x 0.15 x 0.04 m/4 = 112.20 m3.

IV. DESIGN OF RAINWATER HARVESTING STRUCTURE

The total volume of water generated in project premises from rooftop, road/paved & open area in a single storm on 40 mm peak rainfall intensity would be = 91.69 m3 + 204.37 m3 + 112.20 m3 = 408.26 m3 ≈ 410 m3 It is revealed from recharge test that the aquifer would very well accept water of the order of 50.16 m3/day @ 2.09 m3/hour continuously in long term through vadose zone. Considering the space availability, the individual design is made for accumulation of 27 m3 of water i.e. 9 m3 of water in Desilting/settlement tank (1 m water column above dead storage x 3 m length x 3 m width), 9 m3 in the filtration tank (1 m water column above filtration media x 3 m length x 3 m width) and about 9 m3 in the process of infiltration through filtration media of recharge shaft. Hence, the dimensional parameters of Desilting/Settlement chamber would be 3 m (length) x 3 m (width) x 1.30 m (depth). In Desilting chamber, 0.30 m depth below outflow is kept for silt deposition. The filtration tank dimension would be 3 m (length) x 3 m (width) x 3 m (depth) with 0.15 m dia injection well of 60 m depth depending upon the formation for recharge in shallow aquifer through vadose zone. Each structure will be capable of handling rainwater volume @ 27 m3/day and such 15 structures will accommodate up to total rainfall volume of 405 m3 in any rainfall event at peak rainfall occurrence. The Map showing locations of proposed rainwater harvesting (RWH) structures

in plant premises




4.5 SOLID WASTE

4.5.1 During Construction Phase

• Construction waste likely to be generated during the site formation works include waste

wood from concrete form work; spent concrete; waste steel rebars from concrete

reinforcement activities; and material and equipment wrappings.;

• Municipal wastes generated by site workers.

4.5.2 During Operation Phase

The solid waste generated is basically discarded fibre cement products, residue containing

fibre and dust from dust collectors which are pulverized, bagged and then taken back to the

Mixer for use in the manufacturing process.

A. Hazardous Waste: following category waste will be generated during operation

phase

Hazardous Waste Category

Empty Fibre Bags – From Bag

Opening Device (BOD)

15.1




Fibre Dust – From Dust

Collector at ER Mill & BOD

15.3

Process Sludge – From

Week-End Tank

15.1

Hard Broken Pieces – From

Damages/Rejects

15.1

Table 4.2 Solid waste and its management

S.No. Waste Source Quantity MT

Management

1. Empty Fibre Bags

(Category 15.1)

Auto Bag

Opening Device

(BOD)

0.080 Shredded in the Shredder unit

attached to the BOD in a

closed loop & collected thro

cyclone collector, thro screw

conveyor to the Edge Runner

Mill (ERM).

2. Fibre Dust

(Category 15.3

From Dust

Collector

attached to ER

Mill & BOD

0.012 Periodically recycled after the

container containing water &

placed beneath the rotary

valve of the dust collector gets

filled up.

3. Cement & Fly ash

Dust

From Dust

Collector

attached to

Cement feeding

& FA feeding

point.


container placed beneath the

rotary valve of the Dust

Collector gets filled up.

4. Process Sludge

(Category 15.1)

From Week-end

Tank

0.100 Continuously recycled through


5. Hard Broken

Pieces

(Category 15.1)

Sheet damages &

rejects



4.6 NOISE POLLUTION

4.6.1 During Construction Phase

Major sources of noise pollution are vehicular traffic, heavy moving machinery etc.




4.6.2 During Operation Phase

Major sources of noise pollution will be

• Operational machineries

• Pumps

• D.G. set

• Transportation

4.6.3 Management


• Complete construction work especially heavy work will be done during day time.

• Vehicular movement carrying raw materials will be avoided during night time.

• The vehicles will be regularly maintained and optimum use of the same will be made.

• Adequate PPE’s (ear plugs, ear muffs, helmet, mask etc) will be provided to the

workers.

• PUC certified vehicles will be used.

II. During operation phase

• All possible measures will be taken to minimize the noise.

• Foundations and structures will be designed to minimize vibrations and noise.

• Regular equipment maintenance and better work habits will be adopted.

• Necessary safety and personal protective equipment such as ear plugs, ear muffs,

helmet etc will be provided to the workers.

• Noise levels generated will be maintained to comply with the Factories Act & Rules and

will not exceed 75 dB (A) at 1 m distance.

• Implementation of green belt within the premises of plant will absorb the noise. Thus will

help to control the noise pollution.

• Proper lubrication and housekeeping will be usually done to avoid excessive noise

generation.

• Supervisor will be responsible to control the noise by maintaining conditions of

machineries and silencers.

• 33% of the total plot area will be under greenbelt.

4.7 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

4.7.1 Impact during Construction:

Site has undergone with the construction phase and subsequent vegetation clearance. The

adjacent spaces of the site possess common floral species; it indicates that, the site would

have only same vegetation, which has been already cleared.




4.7.2 Impact during Operational phase:

I. Loss of Natural Vegetation and Threatened Species

Particular Description Nature Operational activities would result in a negative direct impact

on the natural vegetation of the project site. Impact Magnitude Low Extent: The extent of the impact is local due to local and common

species observed in the area. Duration The duration would be short-term as the ecology of the area

would be affected to the least until the project is decommissioned.

Intensity The intensity is Medium as vegetation may still be impacted from operational activities.

Likelihood It is likely that this impact would occur. Impact Significance (Pre-Mitigation) MODERATE (-VE) Degree of Confidence The degree of confidence is high.

Impact Characteristics: Impacts on Flora and Fauna

Pre- and Post-Mitigation Significance: Impact on Fauna

Summary Construction Operation Phase Significance (Pre-mitigation)

Residual Impact Significance

Project Aspect/ activity

NA

Damage to natural vegetation through off-road movement of vehicles and maintenance activities.

Construction NA NA

NA

Disturbance to fauna associated with the operation of the plant and movement of vehicles.

Operation

Mammals MINOR (-VE) MINOR (-VE)

Reptiles MINOR (-VE) MINOR (-VE)

Amphibians MINOR (-VE) MINOR (-VE)

Impact Type Direct Direct Avifauna MINOR (-VE) MINOR (-VE)

NA

(i) On-site vegetation (ii) Fauna on the project site.

4.7.3 Mitigation

A total of 30047 sq. m (33%) area will be under greenbelt/plantation which will help in

minimizing the impacts. Total 1200 trees will be planted for the green belt development. The

same is detailed as under:

Green Belt Development

Plant species act as bio-monitoring agent to monitor the air environment as well as to keep

and maintain the project environ healthy. Trees have substantial inter-specific as well as

intra-specific variation in air pollution tolerance. Green Belt development / tree plantation in

organized manner is already done through development of 33% green belt in the existing

project site.




Now it was suggested to plant more trees (approx 1200 nos. of Local trees species like:

Butea monosperma, Cassia fistula, Delbergia sissoo, Delonix regia, Polyalthia longifolia) in

the project site and nearby villages, to reduce the impact of expansion activities in the

surroundings of the existing project site. The above mentioned plants are suitable for green

belt development have characteristics like, fast growing, thick canopy cover, perennial and

evergreen large leaf area, naturally growing, efficient in absorbing pollutants without major

effects on natural growth.

Species Suggested for Plantation

Species have been suggested by considering various biological and environmental role of

the various plant species like Dust Control, Noise Control, Absorptions of Gases, Drought

resistance, Fire Resistance etc. Some flowering herbs and subs have been suggested to

enhance aesthetic beauty of the project site area.

Table No. 4.3

Recommended Plant species for Plantation

Plant Spices Common Name Ecological and Environmental Performances of Plant Species

Trees

Annona squamosa Amrud DC, DR, SR, FR

Azardirachta indica Neem DC, NC, AG, DR, FR.

Cassia fistula Amaltas DC, DR, FR.

Delbergia sissoo Shesham DC, DR, FR.

Delonix regia Gulmohar DC.

Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka DC, NC, AG.

Source: Anon 2007, Saxena 1991, Anon 2006, Hocking, 1993. DC- Dust Control, NC - Noise Control, AG – Absorptions of Gases, DR - Drought resistance, SR - Salinity resistance, FR - Fire Resistance

Shrubs

Croton oblongifolius Croton To enhance aesthetic beauty / DC*

Tabernaemontana divaricata Chandni To enhance aesthetic beauty / DC*

Withania somnifera Ashwagandh To enhance aesthetic beauty / DC*

Herbs

Tagetese minuta Genda To enhance aesthetic beauty/ DC*

Chrysanthamum Crown Daisy To enhance aesthetic beauty/ DC*

Rosa indica Rose To enhance aesthetic beauty/ DC*

*Source: phytoremediation of particulate matter from ambient environment through dust capturing plant species, CPCB 2007.

Green belt development plan budget A capital cost provision of Rs. 2, 25,000 has been kept for development of greenbelt as given in Table no. 4.4 below The budget includes cost of digging of pits, fertilizers, saplings and maintenance for 3 years.

Table No. 4.4

Green belt development plan budget

Activity Sub Activity Unit

Physical Target Total

2014-15 2015-16 2016-17




Green Belt development plan

Selection of Species

Year √ √ √

Plantation Number 400 400 400 1200

Financial Target

2014-15 2015-16 2016-17

Capital cost (In lacs.) 75,000 75,000 75,000 2,25000 Recurring 15,000

4.7.4 Conservation Plan for Pavo Cristatus (Indian Peafowl)

Peacock or Indian peafowl (Pavo cristatus) is a familiar and universally known large pheasant. It is a National Bird of India, belongs to Schedule I of the Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972 was reported from the some villages of the study area. The male has a spectacular glossy green long tail feathers that may be more than 60 percent of the bird’s total body length. These feathers have blue, golden green and copper colored ocelli (eyes). The long tail feathers are used for mating rituals like courtship displays. The feathers are arched into a magnificent fan shaped form across the back of the bird and almost touching the found on both sides. Females do not have these graceful tail feathers. They have the fan like crest with whitish face and throat, chestnut brown crown and hind neck, metallic green upper breast and mantle, white belly and brown back rump and tail. Their primaries are dark brown. Study Approach Buffer zone of the study area has been reported as a habitat of Schedule I species Pavo cristatus commonly known as peacock, more effort was made to assess their status in term of movements and habitat use in and around the study area. At first, a detailed biological survey of the core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius from periphery of the Industry) was carried out to understand the status distribution of the species in the study area. Also, questionnaire survey was carried out to understand the recent status of peacock sightings and their movements. Overall, 15 people from seven villages were interviewed randomly. The conclusion of the survey discussed the potential sightings & habitat use, and movement and food habits of peacock in the study area. Habitat Use No any peacock was sighted in the core zone. All the direct sightings of the peacock were located near the human dominated and forest areas. This species is well adapted to natural village environment setting. According to the villagers, peacock is present in both, village and forest areas. Day time they temporarily move towards the surrounding agriculture areas for feeding while during night time roosts on the trees present in the village. Food Habits Peafowls are omnivores, eating plant parts, flower petals, seed heads, insects and other arthropods, reptiles and amphibians. In the study area, dense tree canopy cover supports good insect diversity which is very common food for peafowl.

Threats in the Study Area

In the study area, all the villages surveyed are against hunting or poaching of the people.

Buffer Zone as a Peacock Habitat - Conclusion

Present survey of the peafowl in the buffer zone of the project site cleared that; peafowl is

using both, village adjacent habitats and forest habitats of the buffer zone. However, the




following points can give an insight on the overall status of peafowl in the study area and

thereby plan for better management strategies related to proposed project activities.

People of the surveyed villages were well aware of the habits and habitats of peafowl in the

study area. Moreover, local people are against hunting and poaching of the Peacocks. In the

buffer zone, peafowl uses agriculture (adjacent to village) and forest habitats as a feeding

and breeding ground. Some of the peacocks are taking shelter in the village adjacent

habitats while some prefer to rocky forest hills. It clearly indicates that, peafowl normally

uses human associated and forest habitats.

From above study, it has been visualized that, the proposed project will not have any

significant impact on peacock in terms of their normal movements and other activities.

However, it is necessity to take some management options like habitat improvement in the

villages located in the vicinity of the project site. So, habitat improvement programme

(plantation of local plant species) will be undertaken indifferent villages located in the close

vicinity of the project area. Under this programme saplings will be distributed in the nearby

villages with the consultation of the local forest department.

Habitat Improvement Programme and Awareness

Habitat improvement programme will be undertaken through plantation of suitable tree

species. Saplings of Madhuca indica (Mahua), Mangifera indica (Aam), Tamarindus indica

(Emli), Tectona grandis (Sagaon), Terminalia arjuna (Arjun), Butea monosperma (Dhak),

Aegle marmelos (Bel), Moringa oleifera (Sehjan) will be distributed in the nearest five

villages (as per year wise schedule). Species recommended by local forest department will

also be added in the present plantation programme.

In consultation of the forest department, following Conservation Measures will be adapted for

Peacock conservation:

• Habitat improvement programme in the different villages will be undertaken in the

buffer zone area for shelter and roosting of peacocks. This will be achieved by

plantation of locally adapted species near villages in buffer area.

• School level awareness programmes will be conducted for conservation of peacocks

by organizing competitions during “Wildlife Week” and “Van Mahotsav” celebrations.

For above mentioned activities, proponent has proposed a sum of Rs. 1,00,000/- for the

“Peacock” conservation plan under the following heads up to three years in consultation of

local forest department.

Table No. 4.5

Expenditure Budget for Five Years for Peacock Conservation




S. No Activity 1st

year 2nd

year 3rd

year 4th

year 5th

year Budget (INR)

1 Plantation- approximately 200 saplings/year for five years (@ Rs. 50/- per saplings)

Amount Rs. 10000/- 10000/- 10000/- 10000/-

10000/- 50,000/-

Villages Lalwari Thuni Bhaironji

Ka Bag Dehlod Ki Dhani

Bhagatrampura

2 Awareness programme for “Peacock” conservation will be scheduled in a year in five schools every year.

Amount Rs. 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 50,000/-

Schools of Jhanpari Bhanwata Sedria Agarpura Shrisurapura

Total Budget Rs. 1,00,000/-

(One Lakh Rupees)

All above activities will be carried out with the consultation of local forest department and

Gram panchayat of respective villages.

A. Plantation- approximately 200 tree/year plants of local plant species for five

years.

Plants species / verities will be suggested by the local forest department and plant

saplings will be distributed in project villages as per the above mentioned schedule

(year wise). Once the plantation will be

B. Awareness programme for “Peacock” conservation will be scheduled in a year

in five (nearest to project site) schools every year.

During awareness programme following activities will be arranged at the various

village level schools as mentioned above (year wise),

• “Essay writing on Peacock”

• “Drawing competition (Peacock picture)

Further Suggestions/recommendations:

� To carry annual census research projects to ecology and habitat use by peacock.

� By making provision of veterinary care and cages for injured or sick deformed birds.

4.8 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

Socio Economic

Issues

Details of Impact due to the proposed

project

Mitigation measures

The core zone

habitation

No habitation in the core zone. Hence Zero (0)

Loss of habitation.

--

The buffer zone

habitation

The habitation in the study area is scattered

from the location of the site proposed.

The nearest habitation in Shedriya 1.6 km

NW. The habitation comprises of agriculture

The proposed project is a

completely automated wet

asbestos process. Air quality

management shall be required :




workers. The predominanat wind direction is

largely from NW towards South East , and in

this direction the habitation of the following

villages are :

Nearest Habitation SE H/H Population

Agarpura (4.5 km SE) 73 348

Lalwari (3.0 km ESE) 676 3534

Sangarampura (4.0 km

SSE) 59 429

• Water spraying for suppression

of air borne asbestos crystolite

and

• Development of green belt will

be done.

• Periodic maintenance and

emission check of vehicles shall

be ensured to restrict air

pollution.

Public health & safety plan is

given below :

Public Health & Safety Plan :

Observation by

supervisor and

Gram Panchayat

Shedriya, of any

symptoms will

be reported at

the earliest.

Development of any symptoms amongst the local

residents and employees will be monitored, such as

• shortness of breath

• coughing

• painful breathing

• chest pain

• difficulty to perform physical tasks

• loss of weight

• headache

• pain in the bones or

Any movement requiring medical attention.

Qualified Oncologist and /or Pathologist /Physician

will conduct exams to determine the cause of the

symptoms.

In consultation with local

authorities and Gram

Panchayat, Shedriya, for the

development of the primary

health centre, Shedriya by

Contributing for a Multi-

specialty hospital for

critical illness and

emergency along-with a

Medical Ambulance for the

study area.

Regular Health camps shall

be organized to trace any

indication of Asbestosis/ lung

Cancer and will be kept

under surveillance

immediate action will be

taken.

Regular

Diagnosis in

the study area :

Diagnosis by a qualified Oncologist and /or

Pathologist will be done in every quarter (3 months),

for every batch of 20 workers and mainly in three

villages in the wind direction viz. Agarpura, Lalwari,

Sangarampura.

Adequate monitoring of Asbestos Fibre in air, will be

done at regular intervals to check the effectiveness

of the automated plant & machinery.

A regular urinalysis, x-rays,

or a bronchoscopy (a test

that detects asbestos fibers

within lungs), and

determines the extent of the

damage done by asbestos

exposure, will be done in

every 3 months mainly in

three villages in the wind

direction viz. Agarpura,

Lalwari, Sangarampura.

Safeguards

during

transportation

enroute the

buffer zone.

The raw material will be procured and handled by

BOD (bag opening devices) and the finished

asbestos sheets will be automated to be sealed

with 0.2 mm thick polythene sheeting & taping it

with duct tape. This will nullify the amount of dust

The associated risks

during transportation and

manual handling will not be

applicable. The proposed

project is a capital-




even during transportation. Hence the Manual

handling will not be done in any stage of the

production process. In case of breakage of any

asbestos cement sheets, adequate air quality

equipments will be installed. Also a spray with a

poly vinyl solution (PVA) or with water will be done.

intensive unit hence any

Man- Machine relationship

will be kept to the optimum

level of machine operation.

Research on

Vaccination is

being

followed.

The indicators of mesothalmia will be periodically

checked as they are swelling, anemia, nausea,

constipation, fever or sweating at nights and loss in

weight, in addition to the breathing symptoms will be

monitored of every worker public at large.

Immediate cure and treatment shall follow.

A vaccine developed at the Erasmus Medical

Research Centre in Rotterdam has shown early

promise in its first clinical trials.

Researchers at Erasmus say the vaccine brings

about an anti-tumor reponse, Dr Joachim Aerts a

pulmonary physician says "We hope to further

develop our methods so it will be possible to

increase survival in patients with Mesothalmia and

eventually vaccinate persons who have been in

contact with asbestos to prevent them from getting

asbestos related diseases".

The findings have been published online ahead of

print publication in the American Thoracic Society's

American Journal of Respiratory and Critical Care

Medicine.

Research done by Bob Tolley Asbestos Charity

Awareness on indicators of

mesotheolima shall be

given to the public at large.

Awareness camp shall

provide demonstration and

action plan.

The use of asbestos has

been prohibited in most

developed countries, but

the time between asbestos

exposure and diagnosis of

mesothalmia can be up to

50 years.

Large scale,

long term and

stable

employment

Large scale, long term and stable job

opportunities to locals.

Direct Employment

Employment Generation Manpower

a) Managers/Supervisors 15

b) Staff 14

c) Workers –

i) Skilled

ii) Unskilled

iii) Contract Workers

(Loading &

Unloading)

51

141

300

Total 521

No. of employees in the first year of

production and on achievement of installed

capacity will be same.

Increased Job opportunities to local people.

Training shall be given to local

residents. Skill enhancement

training shall be given to village

workers both on-the-job training

and off-the-job training. It is a long

standing project; therefore there

will be avenues for long term and

stable jobs.

Workers health & safety plan is

given below :

• Helmets, Face masks (P1 or P2

respirator/ ventilator), Heavy

duty gloves, Disposable ear

muffs and goggles will be

provided to the workers.

• Most importantly disposable

coveralls will be provided to

avoid any particles of asbestos




on clothing or skin.

Workers Health & Safety Plan :

Conservancy /

Shower rooms

for workers.

Adequate shower rooms will be constructed.

Workers will have to take a shower anytime

during the day and before leaving for home.

The proposed project aims to put 492 workers.

(There shall be provided, a minimum of 5 toilets

for every 100 workers.)

To avoid any particles of asbestos left on the

workers clothing or skin, as it could be easily

inhaled while breathing in, when the job is

complete and the measure is to prevent any

traces of lung cancer.

Washing face and hands in

every 1-2 hours will be taught

as a good habit.

Safeguards All protective and safety gears will be provided

and regular training will be given on the

importance and use of the safeguards.

Helmets, Face masks (P1 or P2 respirator/

ventilator), Heavy duty gloves, Disposable ear

muffs and goggles will be provided to the

workers. Most importantly disposable coveralls

will be provided to avoid any particles of

asbestos on clothing or skin.

Training on laying out the

disposable coveralls, (the

polythene drop cloths) on the

ground, covering everything

on the surface. Asbestos will

stick to anything and bury

itself in material fibers.

Physical

Exertion of

musculo-

skeletel

movement.

The physical exertion such as excessive lifting,

climbing or digging with heavy objects will be

not be done in the proposed project as it is a

completely automated wet asbestos process.

Also work motion study will be done and the

following ways methods will be adopted :

a.) Use of relief workers

b.) Assign extra workers

c.) minimize overexertion

d.) Scheduling of jobs

The associated risks of


applicable

Medical

Appliances &

Arrangements

Equipped First aid Boxes or cupboards will be

at the disposal and accessibility of the workers.

Conveyance arrangements

to hospitals or dispensaries

from the proposed project

site, will be readily made in

unfortunate circumstances

if any worker, suffer bodily

injury or becomes ill during

the working hours.




Insurance

(medical +

hospitalization

+ liability)

A provision liability and hospitalization

insurance will be made for each worker.

Medical Insurance and Life

Insurance shall be provided

to the plant workers.

Indirect

employment :

1. Transportation and warehousing in the region

would eventually be needed more therefore

truckers and jobs in logistical activities will increase

around the Gram Panchayat, Shedriya. Asbestos

cement sheets available will provide agency

employment in the value chain analysis, which will

add place utility and retail in the domestic market.

3. The increased employment through,

warehousing, and logistics management will

provide indirect agency employment.

A high importance & high

positive impact.

Many local people are

expected to gain

opportunities in various

sectors, through the

proposed project.

Development

of allied

business

activities.

Encourage the trade in the local market and in turn

will help in the development of the area. This would

create indigenous technologies for sustainable

development.

A low positive Impact.

Mechanical

and Atomized

handling of

Raw material

and Finished

products.

The raw material will be handled by BOD (bag

opening devices) and the finished asbestos

sheets will be automated to be sealed with 0.2

mm thick polythene sheeting & taping it with duct

tape. Hence the Manual handling will not be done

in any stage of the production process. In case of

breakage of any asbestos cement sheets,

adequate air quality equipments will be installed.

Also a spray with a poly vinyl solution (PVA) or

with water will be done. This will lessen the

amount of dust created.



applicable;

Local /

Regional

Growth

The industrial activities and associated activities in

the Asbestos plant bearing areas bring about

gains in gross domestic product, i.e. there is

though a minor contribution by the proposed

project but will add to the gains in G.D.P.

A moderate importance as

the proposed production

capacity is a minor

contribution to regional and

national targets.

To meet the

demand and

supply gap in

the region.

As per the future outlook of Indian bureau of

mines: The resources of crystolite variety of

asbestos are very much limited in India. So, the

internal demand for asbestos in the country

cannot be met from indigenous production and

manufacturing.

A long term stable impact.

Hence, to meet the demand

effectively, the proposed

plant encompasses all

technical and social

advantages to marginally

bridge the demand supply

gap of Asbestos cements




sheets in the region.

Additional gains

in Government

Revenue

Generation.

Indirectly, the proposed project will contribute the

Government by paying different taxes (sales tax,

excise duty, etc) from time to time, which forms a

part of the revenue and thus, will help in the

growth and development in the area.

A moderate positive impact.

The proposed project will

contribute through various

direct, indirect taxes and

duties like corporate tax,

sales tax, excise duty, etc.

These form a part of the

revenue and thus, will be

put in public expenditure.

Asbestos

Cement sheets

solutions

The Asbestos Cement sheets will fulfill its end-use

in Asbestos cement roof demanded in the local

region.

A low positive Impact.

Enterprises

social

commitment

benefits

The proposed plant impact will be welfare oriented

and aims to create sustainable development by

allocating welfare funds in the following sectors :-

� Permanent structures / facility development like

rainwater harvesting structures in government

institutions.

� Contribution towards a Multi-specialty hospital

for critical illness and emergency in the

development of the primary health centre, Gram

Panchayat, Shedriya

� Malnutrition Camps for Mother and Child in the

study area including drops / supplements.

� Skill development and earning sources for

youth.

The major positive impact of

the social development will

aim to strengthen social

inclusion by ensuring that

both poor and excluded

groups and intended

beneficiaries are included in

the benefit stream and in

access to opportunities

created by the project.

Quality

management

System

The proposed unit of Visaka Industries Ltd. aims to

have a well equipped, sophisticated, most modern

process control laboratory for chemical analysis

and mechanical testing for its proposed unit. The

laboratory will assists in keeping a tab on both

inputs and finished products. The quality control

activities in the proposed unit aims to begin right at

the procurement level itself and run through the

entire process concluding with the product specific

rigorous testing in the in house laboratory.

Visaka Industries Ltd., aims

for customer satisfaction

and maintaining quality

assurance system.

Quality Products

to the society

Visaka Industries Ltd., aims to get recognized by

Bureau of Indian Standards for fulfilling the best

quality of Asbestos Cement Sheets with the ISI

mark to meet all quality parameters and fitness for

use.

Visaka Industries Ltd. will

ensure fitness of its

products for use and

believes that by producing

quality products the

enterprise is fulfilling its

foremost social

commitment.




Human Rights It is clearly stated in as per the Human Rights, that

the obligation of States is to promote universal

respect for, and observance of, culture & religion.

The proposed project will follow universal respect

for, and observance and protection of, human

rights and fundamental freedoms for all.

The proposed project will

promote neither selective, nor

relative, but universal respect

through contribution in

various festivities, equal

observance and protection

among employees and

societies at large in all

activities.

******************

PROJECT: VISAKA INDUSTRIES LTD. SECTION-V/ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

DOCUMENT No.: EESPL/VIL/002/358-EC/IND./2013


SECTION – V

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

INDEX

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME .......................................................... 146

5.1 INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................................... 146

5.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND REPORTING PROCEDURE ................... 146

5.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING CELL ............................................................... 147

5.4 MONITORING METHODS ..................................................................................... 149

5.5 REPORTING SCHEDULES OF THE MONITORING DATA ................................... 150

5.6 INFRASTRUCTURE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING ............................... 150

************




ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

5.1 INTRODUCTION

Regular monitoring of environmental parameters is of immense importance to assess the

status of environment during project operation. With the knowledge of baseline conditions,

the monitoring programme will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental

conditions due to operation of the project, to enable taking up suitable mitigatory steps in

time to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is as important as that of control of pollution

since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring.

Usually, as in the case of the study, an impact assessment study is carried over short period

of time and the data cannot bring out all variations induced by the natural or human

activities. Therefore, regular monitoring programme of the environmental parameters is

essential to take into account the changes in the environmental quality.

5.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND REPORTING PROCEDURE

Monitoring will confirm that commitments are being met. This may take the form of direct

measurement and recording of quantitative information, such as amounts and

concentrations of discharges, emissions and wastes, for measurement against corporate or

statutory standards, consent limits or targets. It may also require measurement of ambient

environmental quality in the vicinity of a site using ecological/biological, physical and

chemical indicators. Monitoring may include socio-economic interaction, through local liaison

activities or even assessment of complaints.

The preventive approach to management may also require monitoring of process inputs, for

example, type and method used, resource consumption, equipment and pollution control

performance etc.

The key aims of monitoring are, first, to ensure that results/conditions are as forecast during

the planning stage, and where they are not, to pinpoint the cause and implement action to

remedy the situation. A second objective is to verify the evaluations made during the

planning process, in particular with risk and impact assessments and standard & target

setting and to measure operational and process efficiency. Monitoring will also be required to

meet compliance with statutory and corporate requirements. Finally, monitoring results

provide the basis for auditing.

5.2.1 Objectives of Monitoring

The objectives of monitoring are to:

• Verify effectiveness of planning decisions;




• Measure effectiveness of operational procedures;

• Conform statutory and corporate compliance; and

• Identify unexpected changes.

5.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING CELL

A centralized environmental monitoring cell will be established for monitoring of important

and crucial environmental parameters which are of immense importance to assess the

status of environment during operation of plant. With the knowledge of baseline conditions,

the monitoring program can serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental

conditions due to operation of the plant, and helps in planning suitable mitigatory steps that

could be taken in time to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is as important as that of

control of pollution since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by

monitoring. The following routine monitoring program will be implemented under the post-

project monitoring as per CPCB guidelines.

Environmental monitoring schedules are prepared covering various phases of project

advancement, such as constructional phase and regular operational phase.

5.3.1 Monitoring Schedule during Constructional Phase

The proposed project envisages setting up of Asbestos cement sheets manufacturing unit.

The construction or preoperational activities require mobilisation of construction material and

equipment. During construction phase the main source will be fugitive emission from

transportation of construction material and etc. As such monitoring is not required during

construction phase.

5.3.2 Monitoring Schedule during Operational Phase

Dust measurement / monitoring is done at work zone as per the guidelines of Rajasthan

Pollution Control Board and Central Pollution Control Board. Samples will be collected

periodically and measured. During operational stage, asbestos fibres, cement particles and

agglomerates of particles and fibres may be emitted from both point sources and fugitive

emissions. Along with the above, D.G. sets are also a potential source of emission.

Following attributes which merit regular monitoring based on the environmental setting and

nature of project activities are listed below:

• Source emissions and ambient air quality;

• Groundwater Levels and ground water quality;

• Water and wastewater quality (water quality, effluent & sewage quality etc);

• Soil quality;




• Noise levels (equipment and machinery noise levels, occupational exposures and

ambient noise levels);

• Ecological preservation and afforestation.

The following routine monitoring programme as detailed in as under will be implemented at

site. Besides to this monitoring, the compliances to all environmental clearance conditions

and regular permits from SPCB/MoEF will be monitored and reported periodically.

Table No. 5.1

Ambient air monitoring program

SAMPLING LOCATION

1 Fibre Godown (P) 1 No. – Monthly once

2 Fibre bag feeding to BOD (P) 1 No. – Monthly once

3 Sheet cutting (P) 1 No. – Monthly once

4 Moulded goods finishing (P) 1 No. – Monthly once

5 Waste recycling ( Wet Ball Mill) (P) 1 No. – Monthly once

6 RM Section (S) 1 No. – Once in 6 month

7 Ambient location 1 No. – Once in 6 month

8 Loading Platform 1 No. – Once in 6 month

Note : (P) – Personal Sample, Sampler is attached to the operative

(S) – Static, Sampler is kept fixed in one location.

SAMPLING/COUNTING METHOD

Name of Sampler Personal Sampler

Make / Model of Sampler Envirotech, APM 800

Flow Rate / Sample dur’n 1 LPM / 1 Hr

Filter Paper Details Millipore, 0.8 u

Sample/Counting ref spec RTM1, IS 11450 – ’86

Fibre counting instrument ‘Carl Geiss’ Trinocular research microscope for bright field

phase contrast application, Model :AXIOS KOP40, Obj Mag

10x

Counting Method Membrane Filter Method

Max Permissible Value 0.1 fibre / cc

Table No. 5.2

Stack emission monitoring program

SAMPLER DETAILS




Name of Sampler Stack Monitoring Kit

Make / Model of Sampler Envirotech, APM 810 Filters used Cellulose thimble, Glass thimble LIMITING VALUES

Fibre stack – SPM 2 mg/NM3

– Fib count 0.2 fib/cc

Cement Stack – SPM 115 mg/NM3

Fly ash Stack – SPM 115 mg/NM3

DG Set – SPM 115 mg/NM3

– SO2 800 mg/NM3

– NOx N.S.

Sampling Frequency Once in a month for each stack

5.4 MONITORING METHODS

5.4.1 Air Quality Monitoring

I. Workspace Monitoring

The concentration of air borne pollutants in the workspace/work zone environment will be

monitored periodically. If concentrations higher than threshold limit values are observed, the

source of fugitive emissions will be identified and necessary measures taken. If the levels

are high, suitable measures as detailed in EMP will be initiated.

II. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

The ground level concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, cement particles, asbestos fibres

and agglomerates of particles and fibres in the ambient air will be monitored at regular

intervals. Any abnormal rise will be investigated to identify the causes and appropriate action

will be initiated. The ambient air quality data should be transferred and processed in a

centralised computer facility equipped with required software. Trend and statistical analysis

should be done.

5.4.2 Water and Wastewater Quality Monitoring

To ensure a strict control over the water consumption, flow meters will be installed for all

major inlets. All leakages and excess will be identified and rectified. In addition, periodic

water audits will be conducted to explore further possibilities for water conservation.

Methods prescribed in "Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater"

prepared and published jointly by American Public Health Association (APHA), American

Water Works Association (AWWA) are recommended.




I. Monitoring of Wastewater Streams

All the wastewater streams in the project area will be regularly analysed for flow rate and

physical and chemical characteristics. Such analysis is carried out for wastewater at the

source of generation, at the point of entry into the wastewater treatment plant and at the

point of final discharge. These data will be properly documented and compared against the

design values for any necessary corrective action.

II. Monitoring of Groundwater

The monitoring of groundwater is the most important tool to test the efficiency of plant

performance. It is suggested to collect water samples and analyse. Records of analysis will

be maintained.

5.4.3 Noise Levels

Noise levels will be monitored in the plant area. The frequency will be once in a month in the

work zone. Similarly, ambient noise levels near habitations will also be monitored once in

three months. Audiometric tests should be conducted periodically for the employees working

close to the high noise sources especially D.G. Set operations in this case.

5.5 REPORTING SCHEDULES OF THE MONITORING DATA

It is proposed that voluntary reporting of environmental performance with reference to the

EMP should be undertaken.

The environmental monitoring cell will co-ordinate all monitoring programmes at site and

data thus generated will be regularly furnished to the State regulatory agencies.

The frequency of reporting will be on six monthly bases to the local state RSPCB officials

and to Regional office of MoE&F. The Environmental Audit reports will be prepared for the

entire year of operations and will be regularly submitted to regulatory authorities.

5.6 INFRASTRUCTURE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

Name of Equipment Purpose

High volume sampler Stack monitoring

Fine dust samplers / Respirable dust samplers

(Proposed)

AAQ monitoring

Online HF monitor AAQ monitoring (Installed)

Sound level meter Noise levels

Phase contrast microscope

UV – Spectro photo meter Chemical analysis

Micro-balance Chemical analysis




Name of Equipment Purpose

High volume sampler Stack monitoring

Oven Heating

Thermometer / Dry & wet bulb Temperature / relative humidity

pH meter pH analysis

DO analyzer DO analysis

Pipette box Chemical analysis

Titration set up Chemical analysis

Relevant Chemicals Chemical analysis

***********************

Project: VISAKA INDUSTRIES LTD. SECTION-VI/ ADDITIONAL STUDIES

Document No.: EESPL/VIL/002/358-EC/IND/2013


SECTION-VI

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

INDEX

ADDITIONAL STUDIES ......................................................................................................... 153

6.1 PUBLIC HEARING ...................................................................................................... 153

6.2 RISK ASSESSMENT .................................................................................................. 154

6.3 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION ........................................................................................ 154

6.4 HAZARD ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION ............................................................ 155

6.5 RISK ASSESSMENT SUMMARY .............................................................................. 156

6.6 TYPE OF ACCIDENTS .............................................................................................. 156

6.7 RISK ASSESSMENT .................................................................................................. 157

6.8 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN ........................................................................... 159

6.9 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ............................................................... 166

6.10 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY ............................................................ 173




ADDITIONAL STUDIES 6.1 PUBLIC HEARING

The Public hearing was conducted on 24.7.2014 at 01:00 PM under the Additional Deputy

Commissioner (ADC-Tonk) Mr. P.S. Naga and The Regional Officer, Rajasthan Pollution

Control Board, Kishangarh Mr. Mr. V.S. Sankhala.

As per the Gazette Notification dated 14th Sept’ 2006 by MoE&F and subsequently

amendment on 1st Dec’ 2009, the concerned industry had applied to RPCB for public

hearing. Hereinafter, the District Collector Tonk fixed the date of public hearing on

24.07.2014.

The public notice for the same was published in “DNA India” and “Dainik Bhaskar” on

21.06.2014. In the public hearing some points were raised by the public and

response/commitment were given by project proponent and towards the side of project

consultants is depicted as below:-

S. No. Issues raised Response

1.

Shri Bajrang Lal Bairwa, Surpanch

• He said that the villagers will get

employment due to the proposed

project.

In response to the same, Mr. Jawahar

Rawatani (Unit representative), said that

we will start the project with the support

of villagers only. There are several unit

of visaka industries and everywhere we

are working with the support with

villagers or local people.

We will provide training and

employment to local people.

We will also help in improving the

education facilities.

2. Shri Mangilal Gurjar, Sedaria

• He said that the unit should do

development in the village and

provide employment to the local

villagers.

• The unit should train the local

people.




6.2 RISK ASSESSMENT

6.2.1 Introduction

Hazard analysis involves the identification and quantification of the various hazards (unsafe

conditions) that exist in the proposed plant. On the other hand, risk analysis deals with the

recognition and computation of risks, the equipment in the plant and personnel are prone to,

due to accidents resulting from the hazards present in the plant. Risk analysis follows an

extensive hazard analysis. It involves the identification and assessment of risks the

neighboring populations are exposed to as a result of hazards present. This requires a

thorough knowledge of failure probability, credible accident scenario, vulnerability of

population etc. Much of this information is difficult to get or generate. Consequently, the risk

analysis is often confined to maximum credible accident studies. In the sections below, the

identification of various hazards, probable risks in the proposed plant, maximum credible

accident analysis, consequence analysis are addressed which gives a broad identification of

risks involved in the plant.

6.2.2 Approach to the Study

Risk involves the occurrence or potential occurrence of some accidents consisting of an event

or sequence of events. The risk assessment study covers the following:

• Identification of potential hazard areas;

• Identification of representative failure cases;

• Visualization of the resulting scenarios in terms of fire (thermal radiation) and

explosion;

• Assess the overall damage potential of the identified hazardous events and the

impact zones from the accidental scenarios;

• Assess the overall suitability of the site from hazard minimization and disaster

mitigation point of view;

• Furnish specific recommendations on the minimization of the worst accident

possibilities; and

• Preparation of broad Disaster Management Plan (DMP), On-site and Off-site

Emergency Plan, which includes Occupational and Health Safety Plan.

6.3 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION

Identification of hazards in the proposed plant is of primary significance in the analysis,

quantification and cost effective control of accidents involving chemicals and process. A

classical definition of hazard states that hazard is in fact the characteristic of

system/plant/process that presents potential for an accident. Hence, all the components of a




system/plant/process need to be thoroughly examined to assess their potential for initiating or

propagating an unplanned event /sequence of events, which can be termed as an accident.

The following two methods for hazard identification have been employed in the study:

• Identification of major hazardous units based on Manufacture, Storage and Import

of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989 of Government of India (GOI Rules, 1989);

and

• Identification of hazardous units and segments of plants and storage units based on

relative ranking technique, viz. Fire-Explosion and Toxicity Index (FE&TI).

6.4 HAZARD ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

6.4.1 Methodology

An assessment of the conceptual design is conducted for the purpose of identifying and

examining hazards related to feed stock materials, major process components, utility and

support systems, environmental factors, proposed operations, facilities, and safeguards.

6.4.2 Preliminary Hazard Analysis (PHA)

A preliminary hazard analysis is carried out initially to identify the major hazards associated with

storages and the processes of the plant. This is followed by consequence analysis to quantify

these hazards. Finally, the vulnerable zones are plotted for which risk reducing measures are

deduced and implemented.

6.4.3 Fire Explosion and Toxicity Index (FE&TI) Approach

Fire, Explosion and Toxicity Indexing (FE & TI) is a rapid ranking method for identifying the

degree of hazard. The application of FE & TI would help to make a quick assessment of the

nature and quantification of the hazard in these areas. However, this does not provide precise

information.

The degree of hazard potential is identified based on the numerical value of F&EI as per the

criteria given below:

F&EI Range Degree of Hazard

0-60 Light

61-96 Moderate

97-127 Intermediate

128-158 Heavy

159-up Severe




By comparing the indices F&EI and TI, the unit in question is classified into one of the following

three categories established for the purpose Table No. 7.1.

Table No. 6.1

Fire Explosion and Toxicity Index

Category Fire and Explosion Index (F&EI) Toxicity Index (TI)

I F&EI < 65 TI < 6

II 65 < or = F&EI < 95 6 < or = TI < 10

III F&EI > or = 95 TI > or = 10

6.5 RISK ASSESSMENT SUMMARY

The preliminary risk assessment has been completed for the proposed plant and associated

facilities and the broad conclusions are as follows:

• There will be no significant community impacts or environmental damage

consequences; and

• The hazardous event scenarios and risks in general at this facility can be adequately

managed to acceptable levels by performing the recommended safety studies as part of

detailed design, applying recommended control strategies and implementing a Safety

Management System.

6.6 TYPE OF ACCIDENTS

A. Erection / Commissioning

During erection stage, most of the accidents occur due to;

• Human errors (unsafe acts and unsafe conditions)

• Improper laying of cables

• Improper Housekeeping (keeping combustible material near welding / gas cutting

operations)

• Material handling

• Handling of tools

• Working at heights/elevated levels

• Material handling with equipments like crane, hydraulic pay loaders, JCB, Proclain

• Earth moving and filling

• Unsafe electrical practices

B. Process Operations

The excessive pressure may lead to serious injuries at the site.

• Malfunctioning of equipment




• Power failures

• Failure to take corrective steps in time.

• Failure of utilities

• System failure

• Ageing of erection equipments

• Improper communication

C. Storage and Transfer Operations

• Accidents due to mechanical failure and external impacts.

• Static electricity

• Thunder and lightning

• On the job

6.7 RISK ASSESSMENT

Risk will be assessed by:-

• Identification of potential hazard areas;

• Identification of representative failure cases;

• Visualization of the resulting scenarios in terms of fire (thermal radiation) and explosion;

• Assess the overall damage potential of the identified hazardous events and the impact

zones from the accidental scenarios;

• Assess the overall suitability of the site from hazard minimization and disaster mitigation

point of view;

• Furnish specific recommendations on the minimization of the worst accident possibilities;

and

• Preparation of broad Disaster Management Plan (DMP), On-site and Off-site Emergency

Plan, which includes Occupational Health and Safety Plan.

• Identifying potential risks to local people and local resources in the event of an

emergency.

6.7.1 Risk Prevention Techniques

• Education and awareness

• Best practices Risk Based Maintenance Planning

• Hazard identification

• Quantitative Hazard Assessment

• Probabilistic Hazard Assessment

• Risk Quantification




• Risk evaluation

• Setting up risk acceptance criteria

• Risk comparison

• Maintenance planning

I. Engineering and administrative measures

� Personal sampling will be carried out at these places to monitor work zone

fibre concentration levels. The workers working in these areas will be provided

with Nose masks made of cotton clothing material.

� A regular system of inspection, examination and maintenance is necessary for all

machinery and equipment of the plant. The bag opening devices will be checked

regularly for any leakages.

� Any leakage from closed loop will be regularly checked and the in case of any

leakge the plant will shut down and the emergency plan will taken up.

� There is a never-ending need for good housekeeping. Falls and stumbles caused

by obstructed floors or implements and tools left lying carelessly can cause injury

in themselves but can also throw a person against hot or molten material.

II. Industrial hygiene

� Good general ventilation throughout the plant and local exhaust ventilation (LEV)

wherever substantial quantities of dust and fumes will be generated or gas may

escape are necessary, together with the highest possible standards of cleanliness

and housekeeping.

� With a view to improving the work environment, induced ventilation will be installed

to supply cool air.

III. Personal protective equipment

� All parts of the body are at risk in most operations, but the type of protective wear

required will vary according to the location.

� Those working at slurry mixing tank and raw material handling area will need

nose mask, gloves to prevent the direct contact with asbestos dust.

� Safety boots, safety glasses and helmets are imperative in almost all occupations

and gloves are widely necessary.

� Strict supervision and continuous propaganda are necessary to ensure that

personal protective equipment is worn and correctly maintained.

IV. Medical supervision




A. Pre-employment Surveillance

• Pulmonary Function Test (Spirometry – FVC & FEV1)

• Complete Physical Examination

• Blood Test

• Urine Test

• Chest X ray

B. Periodical Medical Surveillance

Pulmonary Function Test (– FVC & FEV1) ……………………..Once in a year

Complete Physical Examination…………………………………..Once in a year

Blood Test …………………………………………………………..Once in a year

Urine Test……………………………………………………………Once in a year

Chest X ray ………………………………………………………….Once in 3 years

C. At Cessation – Medical Surveillance

* Pulmonary Function

Test ( FVC & FEV1) }

* Complete Physical }

Examination } within 5 years

* Blood Test } after cessation

* Urine Test }

* Chest X ray }

6.8 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

Rapid development has posed wide-ranging hazards threatening safety and health of

people. Accidents may adversely affect the environment and the people living in the vicinity.

These accidents can be minimized to a great extent by proper procedures, handling and

training but it may be difficult to reach zero risk or absolute safety level. Whenever such

incidents do occur in order to prevent loss of lives and damage to property, it becomes

necessary to take immediate steps to control the situation. This can be achieved through a

planned advance preparation to face such a situation with respect to both on site and off site

emergencies.




A Vulnerable Areas

Maximum Credible Areas (MCA) of consequence that could be needing consideration in

disaster management plan are work shed, machinery storage and feed areas of raw

materials, area of DG Sets, loading/unloading areas of materials/sheets, atmospheric

corrugators, run out conveyors and de-stacker’s (if any).

Analysis of Vulnerable Areas

From the analysis of the above zones the action suggested are discussed as below:

• All storage of raw materials & feed areas will be demarcated & placed in conformity to

the safety act & its prescription to prevent any hazards.

• The people involved in such work places will be protected with all BIS certified Personal

Protective Equipments and given adequate training on safe operation and disaster

control, if arises.

• Only trained personnel will be allowed to work at risky areas under strict supervision

• Provision of protective gear, masks, hand gloves etc. will be provided to all employees

in the raw materials feed areas.

• Good Ventilation and cleaning the above areas in multitude times of working hours.

• Occupational Health hazard survey will be undertaken for all employees from the

beginning of their employment.

B On- Site Emergency Plan

An On-site Emergency is caused by an accident that takes place in a hazardous installation

and the effects are confined to the factory premises involving the people working in the

factory. On-site Emergency Plan is dealing with eventualities, and it is the responsibility of

the Occupier, to prepare/implement necessary measures to contain the severity of cause of

disaster to the bare minimum.

The preparation of an On-site Emergency Plan, furnishing relevant information to the District

Administration Authority for the preparation of the Off-site Emergency plan are statutory

responsibilities of the Occupier of every industry and other units

a) Objectives

Maximize the resource utilization and combined efforts towards emergency operations. It

broadly covers the following:-

1. To safeguard the personal located in the premises.

2. To localize the emergency and if possible eliminate it.

3. To minimize the effects of accidents on people, property and environment.

4. To take remedial measures in the quickest possible time to contain the incident and

control it with minimum damage.




5. To mobilize the internal resources and utilize them in the most effective way.

6. To minimize the damage in other sections.

7. To keep the required emergency equipment in stock at right places and ensure that

they are in working condition.

8. To keep the concerned personnel fully trained in the use of emergency equipment.

9. To mobilize transport and medical treatment of the injured.

b) Basic Contents of Disaster management Plan (DMP)

Basically, the Disaster Management Plan (DMP) contains the following aspects:

• Location of the site

• Brief Description of unit

• Details of major potential hazards

• Identification of specific type of Disasters

• Action Plan – Specific responsibilities

• Declaration of Emergency/Emergency Action Plan

• Evacuation and Assembly points

• Evaluation of Implementation system

c) Purpose & Scope:-

The principal aim of DMP of integrated steel unit is prevention of identified major hazards.

These hazards occur only due to exposure of individuals employed in the raw material feed

areas of the unit.

It is totally committed to “TOTAL CONSISTENT QUALITY ASSURANCE” from conception

stage to enable its objective of prevention can nurse ample opportunities to nurture and

realize in practice.

Second control strategy adopted could be reducing potential by way of minimizing the

handling of such materials manually by individuals both in process and storage within the

purview of continuous operation.

Thirdly adopted control measure could be well structured and well rehearsed, resources. On

site plan which could intercept any such occurrence with speed and rectify by ensuring

Safety of worker, equipment, public and ultimately the environment as a matter of priority.

General details like location, project layout, neighboring entities and the assistance they can

render etc., are also provided.

The important elements considered in this plan are:-

• Statutory requirements

• Emergency organization

• Roles and Responsibilities




• Communications during emergency

• Emergency shutdown & control of situation

• Rescue & Rehabilitation

• Emergency facilities

• Important Information

The primary purpose of the on-site emergency plan or DMP is to control and contain the

incident and so to prevent if from spreading. It is not possible to cover every eventuality in

the plan and the successful handling of the emergency will depend on appropriate action

and decisions being taken on the spot.

d) Preventive measures and Plans:-

In DMP it clearly specifies the actions to be taken in case of such incident, including its

prevention, corrective action so as to mitigate such occurrence by the proponent. Practice &

Procedures with respect to the operational hazards, equipment failure, Human safety,

Malfunctioning of Safety interlocks. Natural disasters relevant to unit and its different section

of operation will be formulated and a detailed elaborate disaster management action plan will

be prepared and made available to all concerned persons to take care of the following

aspects.

• Industry will install an emergency alarm for immediate information

• A suitable location inside the unit will be demarcated for Emergency Control Center &

Assembly Point.

• Intercom will be provided to all departments for easy and immediate means of

communication.

• At sensitive fire prone areas Fire alarm and Fire hydrant lines will be provided along with

specified categories of Fire Extinguishers.

• Workers will be trained regularly to use Personal Protective Equipment and proper tools

at work place.

• Mock drill will be conducted at regular interval to evaluate the effectiveness of the

emergency preparedness plan

• First Aid Centre and First Aid Boxes will be made available at various sensitive points to

meet the requirement.

• Personal will be appointed and responsibilities will be assigned.

• Color-coding will be followed as per the statutory requirements.

• All heavy moving machineries, Cranes and belt conveyors will be properly maintained

and protected and valid license will be obtained before their usage

• All applicable Indian Laws, Rules and regulations for which company subscribes shall be

strictly followed under a Senior qualified Environment & Safety personal.




e) Structure of Emergency Management

1. Noticing the accidents

2. Informing declarer of emergency

3. Declaration of emergency

4. Functions of declarer

5. Interaction with outside agencies

The emergency control center will be sited in an area of minimum risk. Suitable location from

where clear view of the unit is possible.

f) Infrastructure at Emergency Control Centre

Emergency control centers will therefore contain the following:-

• An adequate number of external telephones; if possible, one will accept only outgoing

calls, in order to bypass jammed switchboards during an emergency.

• An adequate number of internal telephones

g) Emergency Action Plan for Fire

The UNIT shall be protected against fire hazard. A comprehensive fire detection and

protection system is envisaged for the complete unit. This system shall generally

conform to the recommendations of TAC (INDIA)/ IS: 3034 and NFPA- 850.

1. Disconnect the affected areas electric supply.

2. Fire detection systems will be installed to detect any possibilities of fire. Detection and

communication process will be implemented which will inform the occurrence of fire

outbreak and triggers counteraction towards extinguishing the fire. Adequate

inspection, testing, and maintenance of fire suppression systems and containment

structures will be done regularly.

3. Water can’t be used as a fire extinguisher for fire and any kind of hazard in electrical

panel and equipments. Therefore, dry chemical extinguishers and CO2 will be used.

Beside of it following measures will also be applied :-

a. A thick coating of an insulating material (rubber) will be done on the surrounding of

the transformer.

b. For better electrical safety, transformer will be placed in separate switchgear rooms

for better electrical safety.

c. Fire protection barriers (walls) will be there to separate these areas to prevent

adjacent equipment from becoming involved in a fire or damaged by debris thrown

from any explosion.




d. Machines will not be placed in nearby zone of these areas.

4. Periodic condition assessments in addition to routine inspection, testing, and

maintenance will be done.

5. Access to these areas will be limited only to those having official business in the area.

Proximity of the public to transformers will be restricted

6. Training will be provided to the workers and only trained employees will be allowed to

work at risky areas under strict supervision.

7. Knowledge of alarm system will be given to every worker.

8. All employees will be made aware of the safety and health hazards, which can occur

in the industry.

9. All precautionary measures will be adopted and use of protective footwear and helmet

will be mandatory.

10. Provision of protective gear, masks, hand gloves etc. will be provided to all

employees.

h) Emergency Action Plan for Electric Shock Casualties:

Rescue and First Aid

• Do first aid quickly and without fuss and panic

• Switch off the supply if this can be done at once.

• If not possible use a dry stick, dry cloth or other non-conductor to separate the

victim from electrical contact.

• The rescuer must avoid receiving shock himself by wearing gloves or using a

jacket to pull the victim.

• Always keep in mind that delays in rescue and resuscitation may be fatal. Every

sound counts.

First Information

The first person who observes/identifies the emergencies shall inform by shouting

and by telephone to the Shift In-Charge and fire station about the hazard. The Shift

In-Charge will inform to Works Incident Controller, Chief Incident Controller and also

concerned HODs who shall communicate it to all key officers about the emergency.

Declaration of Emergency

The first person who detects the emergency shall inform by shouting or by telephone

to the Shift In-Charge /Unit Controller. Shift In-Charge i.e. Incident Controller will

inform to Works Incident Controller i.e. Head of O&M and Fire Station, Security

Control Room and concerned HODs. Works Incident Controller shall communicate

Chief Incident Controller and to all concerned about the emergencies. The Chief




Incident Controller taking into account of the severity of the situation shall declare

Emergency.

Emergency Alarm

Emergency shall be declared by Emergency alarm, which shall be sounded by Fire

Station on receipt of orders from Shift In-Charge /Works Incident Controller.

Evacuation

In an emergency it almost certainly is necessary to evacuate personnel from affected

areas and as precautionary measure to evacuate non-essential workers. In the first

instance from areas likely to be affected will be evacuated immediately. The

evacuation will be effected on getting necessary message from WIC. On evacuation

employees shall assemble at Assembly Points.

Mock Drills

It is imperative that the procedures laid in this plan are put to the test by conducting

Mock Drills. The mock drills will be carried out by the step as stated below.

First Step Test the effectiveness of communication system

Second Step Test the speed of mobilization of the unit emergency teams.

Third Step Test the effectiveness of search, rescue and treatment of casualties.

Fourth Step Test Emergency isolation and shut down and remedial measures taken

on the system.

Fifth Step Conduct a full rehearsal of all the actions to be taken during an

emergency.

The Disaster Management Plan will be periodically revised based on experience

gained from the mock drills.

There are two types of mock drills recommended in Disaster Management Plan – Full

Mock Drill (to be conducted at least once in 6 months) and Disaster Management

Efficacy Drill (to be conducted at least once in 3 months).

Full Mock Drill

This shall be conducted with Unit Head as Vice President (Operation); Head of O&M

as General Manager; Heads of Operation, Maintenance, Medical, Personnel,

Security, Auto Base and Materials as Members and Head of Safety as Convener and

it shall test the following:

• Functioning of Emergency Control Center, very specifically availability of all

facilities etc as mentioned in the Plan and its functional healthiness.

• To evaluate communication of the Disaster Plan to all segments of employees, to

familiarize them about their responsibilities in case of any disaster including

evaluation of behavior of employees and others.




• To ensure that all facilities as required under the plan from within or from nearby

industries / aid center under mutual assistance scheme or otherwise are

available.

• To ensure that the necessities under material assistance scheme is properly

documented and the concerned employees are fully aware in this regard.

• To ensure that employees are fully aware to fight any emergency like any

leakages, fire fighting other such cause.

6.9 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY

All precautionary methods are adopted by the company to reduce the risk of exposure of

employees to occupational safety and health hazards. Pre & postmedical check-up are

carried out regularly and will be done regularly after the said expansion. All the employees

are regularly examined and the medical records are maintained for each employee.

Pulmonary function test and periodical medical checkup are done once in every year.

The raw material asbestos used in the plant is hazardous in nature, thus all the workers in

the industry are well informed on the hazard associated with the asbestos. Moreover, copies

of material safety data sheets for asbestos are kept with the unit and are available for the

employee review. For the safety of the workers, personnel protective appliances like hand

gloves, goggles, aprons etc are provided. Nose masks are provided at places, where there is

possibility of dust generation and asbestos fibre processing area. Ear muffs are provided to

the workers exposed to the noisy sources. Adequate facilities for drinking water and toilets

are provided to the employees. Proper ventilation system is provided in the process area.

Table 6.2

Action plan for health and safety of workers

S.No. Health and Safety Issues

Health and Safety plan Remarks

1. Handling Asbestos

containing bags

The fiber bags will be slit open in

closed automatic bag opening

device. The empty bags will be

lifted by a hooking device

attached within the bag opening

device and carried to the

attached bag shredder unit and

the fiber after passing through

the lump breaker will be collected

in the attached blender where

some water will be added to

The proposed project

will not generate

emissions and maintain

the ambient air quality.

Adequate air quality

equipments will be

installed.




maintain the process in wet

condition.

Helmets, Face masks (P1 or P2

respirator/ ventilator), Heavy duty

gloves, Disposable ear muffs and

goggles will be provided to the

workers. Most importantly

disposable coveralls will be

provided to avoid any particles of

asbestos on clothing or skin. etc.

2. Avoiding the

prolonged exposure

and chances of

carrying the

asbestos particles

on the workers

clothing or skin.

Adequate shower rooms will be

constructed. Workers will have to;

take a shower anytime during the

day and before leaving for home.

The proposed project aims to put

81 workers. (There shall be

provided, a minimum of 5 toilets

for every 100 workers.)

To avoid any particles of asbestos

left on the workers clothing or skin,

as it could be easily inhaled while

breathing in, when the job is

complete and the measure is to

prevent any traces of lung cancer.

Washing face and hands

in every 1-2 hours will be

taught as a good habit.

3. Risk hazards To prevent any risk all protective

and safety gears will be provided

and regular training will be given

on the importance and use of the

safeguards. Helmets, Face masks

(P1 or P2 respirator/ ventilator),

Heavy duty gloves, Disposable ear

muffs and goggles will be provided

to the workers. Most importantly

disposable coveralls will be

provided to avoid any particles of

asbestos on clothing or skin.

Training on laying out

the disposable coveralls,

(the polythene drop

cloths) on the ground,

covering everything on

the surface. Asbestos

will stick to anything and

bury itself in material

fibers.




4. Regular Diagnosis

and health checkup

Diagnosis by a qualified

Oncologist and /or Pathologist will

be done in every quarter (3

months), for every batch of 20

workers.

Adequate monitoring of Asbestos

Fibre in air will be done at regular

intervals to check the

effectiveness of the automated

plant & machinery.

A regular urinalysis, x-

rays, or a bronchoscopy

(a test that detects

asbestos fibers within

lungs), and determines

the extent of the damage

done by asbestos

exposure, will be done in

every 3 months.

6. Observation by

supervisor of any

symptoms, will be

reported.

Development of any symptoms

amongst the employees will be

monitored, such as :

• Shortness of breath

• Coughing

• Painful breathing

• Chest pain

• Difficulty to perform

physical tasks

• Loss of weight

• Headache

• Pain in the bones or

Any movement requiring medical

attention. Qualified Oncologist

and /or Pathologist /Physician will

conduct exams to determine the

cause of the symptoms.

Any indication of

Asbestosis/ lung Cancer

will be kept under

surveillance immediate

action will be taken.

7. Physical Exertion of

musculoskeletal

movement.

The physical exertion such as

excessive lifting, climbing or

digging with heavy objects will be

not be done in the proposed

project as it is a completely

automated wet asbestos process.

Also work motion study will be

done and the following ways

methods will be adopted :


manual handling will not

be applicable




a.) Use of relief workers

b.) Assign extra workers

c.) minimize overexertion

d.) Scheduling of jobs

8. Medical Appliances

& Arrangements

Equipped First aid Boxes or

cupboards will be at the disposal

and accessibility of the workers.

Conveyance

arrangements to

hospitals or

dispensaries from the

proposed project site,

will be readily made in

unfortunate

circumstances if any

worker, suffer bodily

injury or becomes ill

during the working

hours.

9. Insurance (medical

+ hospitalization +

liability)

A provision liability and

hospitalization insurance will be

made for each worker.

Medical Insurance and

Life Insurance shall be

provided to the plant

workers.

6.9.1 Measures for the abatement of occupational hazards (exposure to dust)

Occupational hazards due to Asbestos Cement Corrugated Sheet & Accessories - Plant

does not pose a major danger to the surrounding environment in general, but it has impact

on the health of the workers who are in the exposure of asbestos fibre dust generated during

fibre handling or related process operations for a long term. The following precautionary

measures have been adopted for the safety at work place keeping in view day-to-day

occupational hazards encountered.

I. Occupational Safety

• All working places will have safe means of access, safe working platform and

exit. Persons working in hazardous dust prone area will be provided with dust

mask.

• All personnel safety equipment, like, respirator, gloves, helmet, goggles &

earmuffs will be stored in assigned places & will be easily accessible.




II. Occupational Health Hazard

• The fully automatic bag opening device with bag shredder completely avoids manual

handling of either loose fibre or fibre bag. The shredded particles of the woven sack will

be utilized in the process. The whole bag opening and shredding operations are

enclosed and are maintained under negative pressure with the help of bag filters and a

centrifugal fan. The bag filter collections are conveyed back into the storage chest with

the help of Air Lock rotary valves and screw conveyor.

• All the leaking points will be closed properly and periodically the chest will be carried to

avoid any spillage of fibre. The surface of screw conveyor and bucket elevators will

also be connected to dust collector.

• Regular vacuum cleaning will be carried out at all the fibre handling section.

6.9.2 Preventive methods adopted to minimize occupational health disorder

a) Use of personal protective equipment

SAFETY MEASURES PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTS

Regular Process Area

Fibre bag feeding to BOD & BOD V – 20 – W Masks

Name – Nose mask, cup design with

exhalation valve as per IS : 9473 – ‘02

Inhalable dust - <100 µm

Thoracic dust – 2.5 to 30 µm

Respirable dust – 0.3 to 2.5 µm

Sheet cutting operation

Moulded goods finishing area

Wet Ball Mill (Waste recycling)

Maintenance Activity

Bag filter cleaning 3M – 9004 IN

Up to 0.1 µm BOD Cleaning

General (shop floor)

For nuisance/inert dust Cloth nose mask without filter

b) Work Zone Air Monitoring – All the potentially fibre dust exposure zone are connected

to Bag Filter type dust collectors & air wet washer. Besides these pollution control

measures, every month we are carrying out work zone air monitoring by carrying out

personal & static air sampling at different locations within the plant premises & finding

out the fibre concentration level in the air by Membrane Filter method using phase

contrast microscopy which is specified in the Indian Standards also. It is periodically

being verified by an external agency, M/S JR Labs, Hyderabad who are rated by IOM,

WHO




6.9.3 Employer commitment to an asbestos prevention programme

The following needs to be in place for an effective programme:-

� An executive designated with programme oversight

� Designated person(s) to co-ordinate programme implementation

� A silicosis prevention task team/committee (depending on size of the company and existing

structures)

� Appropriate resources made available to facilitate the implementation of company strategy

to deal with silicosis

� A reporting mechanism to indicate progress on silicosis prevention. To include key indicators

from occupational hygiene and occupational medicine

� Management performance assessment to include a health and safety component which

includes silicosis prevention

� Key employer/company documents, e.g. annual reports to safety bulletins to include

information on silicosis prevention

� An employer programme to include progress monitoring of the Silicosis Prevention

Programme. Any dust control initiatives identified by this project to be evaluated for

relevance and implemented if appropriate.

6.9.4 Administrative controls and work practices including the correct use of appropriate

respiratory protection to minimise dust exposures

Work practices are procedures prepared by employers and must be followed by employers

and employees to control hazards in the workplace.

1. Written procedures for dust control These need to be sufficiently detailed to provide the information required by those

people and their supervisors who install, operate, monitor and maintain the dust control measures including suppliers. They need to allow the design intention, as identified in the risk assessment, to be applied in a practical way. The written procedures for dust control must specify the control measures. They will need to include the following:- � An outline description of the plant or processes identified in the risk assessment

as sources of airborne dust � Details of the equipment provided in connection with each of these sources to

prevent or minimise dust being produced or becoming airborne � Details of any equipment provided to remove dust from the air before it reaches a

workplace the design and minimum operating criteria for such equipment, including as appropriate, quality of water, water flow rates and pressures, pick sharpness, etc.

� The design and minimum required ventilation flow rates � The systems of work to be adopted to eliminate or reduce the need for workers to

go into hazardous areas close to downstream of dust sources � Arrangements for supervision and maintenance of control measures � The respiratory protective equipment (RPE) to be provided (such as disposable

dust masks) and rules about when it needs to be used to best effect, while taking account of risks to health and safety from other hazards which may be made




worse by the use of RPE arrangements for ensuring the correct use/wearing of RPE

2. Respiratory protection

The protection of individual workers by respiratory protection should be the last resort, but such measures may be implemented as a temporary measure. It is important that employees are involved in the selection of the type of respirator to be utilized. It is no good having state-of-the-art respirators available if employees do not utilize them correctly. Where RPE is utilized as a means of exposure control, cognizance must be taken of the following (as a minimum):- � RPE must comply with national standards. � RPE must be appropriate for the task being performed and the environment

where the task will be performed. � RPE must be comfortable to wear and accepted by the employees required to

utilize it. � Appropriate training, awareness, maintenance and issuing facilities and

procedures must be implemented. � Special preventive measures such as the provision of airline supplied respirators

may be required for high-risk areas, e.g. abrasive blasting. 3. Hygiene facilities

To ensure that the duration of dust exposure does not extend beyond the work shift and to provide added protection to employees and their families, special attention should be given to workers personal hygiene. An employer must provide and ensure that workers use the washing facilities. Work clothes should not be cleaned by blowing with compressed air or shaking as this creates additional dust exposure. An employer should ensure that there are:- � Adequate hand washing facilities � Showers for each sex supplied with hot and cold water. Clean individual towels, body

soap, and other appropriate cleaning agents � Clean change areas with separate storage facilities for protective work clothing and

equipment and for street/personal clothes that prevent cross-contamination � Procedures for handling dusty work clothes.

6.9.5 Periodic medical surveillance of employees exposed to airborne crystalline silica

dust

A medical surveillance programme includes medical and work history tracking,

regular physical examinations, chest x-rays and lung function tests. Participating

in a medical surveillance programme can help in the early detection of silicosis

and associated diseases.

� The medical surveillance required is stipulated in the regulations for silica dust

exposure and for coal dust exposure under the Mines Act.

� An employer must establish and maintain a system of medical surveillance for all

employees in any working environment where exposure to crystalline silica occurs in

excess of 10% of the OEL for crystalline silica.




6.10 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY

The proposed project social responsibility will aim to strengthen social inclusion by ensuring

that both the excluded groups and intended beneficiaries are included in the benefit stream

and in access to opportunities created by the project.

S. No.

Activities Capital Cost % Average (3 years) annual

N.P.

1st Year

2nd Year

3rd Year

1. Installation of Rainwater Harvesting Structures in

government institutions: Upswastha Kendra

Lalwari 3.2 km ESE; Rajkiya Adarsh Uchh

Prathmik Vidhyalya, Lalwari 3.5 km ESE & Facility

development of sanitation fittings connecting the

proposed rain water storage tank with the

bathrooms washing & flushing.

45.0

16.0 5.1 --

2. In consultation with local authorities and Gram

Panchayat, Shedriya, for the development of the

primary health centre, Shedriya by Contributing for

a Multi-specialty hospital for critical illness and

emergency along-with a Medical Ambulance for

the study area.

75.0 22.0 8.0 0.5%

3. Health Camps proposed in the study area:

1. Yearly Camp for Mother and Child in the study

area for awareness on malnutrition including

drops / supplements.

2. Awareness on indicators of esotheolima shall

be given to the public at large in the study area

mainly Agarpura (4.5 km SE), Lalwari (3.0 km

ESE), Sangrampura (4.0 km SSE). Camps shall

provide demonstration and action plan on

prevention, symptoms & cure.

8.0 7.0 7.0 0.3%

4. Skill development and earning sources for youth

both On-the-Job training of local skilled workers &

Off-the-Job training of the unskilled local non

workers for income generating activity.

5.0 5.0 5.0 0.2%

5. Regular Health Check up camps shall be

organized mainly in three villages in the wind

35.0 20.0 20.0 1%




direction viz. Agarpura(4.5 km SE), Lalwari (3.0 km

ESE), Sangrampura (4.0 km SSE) and in the study

area for :To trace any indication of Asbestosis/

lung Cancer and will be kept under surveillance

and immediate action will be taken.Regular

urinalysis, x-rays, and a bronchoscopy (a test that

detects asbestos fibers within lungs, and also

determines the extent of the damage done by

asbestos exposure), will be done in every 6

months.

Total 168.0 70.0 45.1 2%

Capital Cost: Rupees 2, 83, 10,000/- as capital cost

Recurring Cost: As per the Companies Act 2013 (2% of Average Annual Net profits of the

first three years of operation).

**************

Project: Visaka Industries Ltd SECTION-VII/PROJECT BENEFITS


Enkay Enviro Services Pvt. Ltd., Jaipur

175

SECTION-VII

PROJECT BENEFITS

INDEX

PROJECT BENEFITS ........................................................................................................... 176

7.1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................ 176

7.2 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE .................................... 176

7.3 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE ........................................ 176

7.4 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL ..................................................................................... 176

7.5 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS ................................................................................. 176

**************




176

PROJECT BENEFITS

7.1 INTRODUCTION

Asbestos Cement Fiber Sheet (CFS) is an oligopoly market.CFS being predominantly a rural

product has its fortunes closely linked with the rural economy. CFS industry is cyclical in

nature with March and June quarters are the best quarters for the industry historically.

Cement is the major input for asbestos Cement Fiber Sheet manufacturers. India and China,

are expected to record the fastest growth in demand for roofing and facades due growth in

population and urbanization on one hand and improved standard of living on the other is

already generating demand for housing, including affordable housing. Additionally, in India,

demand for roofing and facades is also felt in the industrial building segment including

factory buildings, airport terminals, hangars, inland container depots, logistics parks, special

economic zones and export processing zones, warehousing and food processing. Asbestos

mining is totally banned in India and many other countries leading to very few supplier of the

raw material Chrysotile and is 100% imported.

7.2 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

The proposed Visaka Industries Ltd., an Asbestos Cement Fiber Sheet manufacturing unit

will have numerous induced impacts such as rainwater harvesting, sewage treatment plant,

various environment control equipments.

7.3 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

The social infrastructure will develop with the positive externalities like permanent structures

and facilities for government schools, promotion of education, facilities for drinking water,

adoption of health facilities for critical illness and emergency; Skill development and earning

sources for youth will be improved with the induced enterprises social commitment.

7.4 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL SKILLED, SEMI-SKILLED AND UNSKILLED

The proposed project will provide direct employment to skilled workforce and indirect

employment (transport, services deliveries etc.) to semi-skilled and unskilled workers. The

employment will be for long term, large scale and stable opportunities will be created by the

proposed unit in Tonk.

7.5 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

The other tangible benefits includes demonstrating process and system cost savings,

compliant inspections and customer audits, faster product approvals and manufacturing

throughput, less rejected material, reduced nonconformance issues, and more efficient




177

continuous improvement and project implementation. Intangible benefits include improved

staff morale, faster, more accurate transparent decision making, less employee turnover,

increased staff accountability, and an enhanced culture of quality throughout the

organization.

*************

Project: VISAKA INDUSTRIES LTD. SECTION – VIII/ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN



SECTION-VIII

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

INDEX

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ........................................................................... 178

8.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................ 179

8.2 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT ......................................................... 179

8.3 ENVIRONMENTAL ACTION PROGRAMME .................................................................. 182

8.4 ACTION PLAN FOR COMPLIANCE OF THE DIRECTIONS OF THE HON’BLE

SUPREME COURT OF INDIA ........................................................................................ 188

8.5 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT .................................................................................... 189

***************




ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

8.1 INTRODUCTION

The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is a site specific plan developed to ensure that the

project is implemented in an environmental sustainable manner where all contractors and

subcontractors, including consultants, understand the potential environmental risks arising from

the proposed project and take appropriate actions to properly manage that risk. EMP also

ensures that the project implementation is carried out in accordance with the design by taking

appropriate mitigative actions to reduce adverse environmental impacts during its life cycle. The

plan outlines existing and potential problems that may adversely impact the environment and

recommends corrective measures where required. Also, the plan outlines roles and

responsibility of the key personnel and contractors who are charged with the responsibility to

manage the proposed plant.

The EMP is:

• Prepared in accordance with rules and requirements of the MoE&F and the State Pollution

Control Board;

• To ensure that the component of facility are operated in accordance with the design;

• A process that confirms proper operation through supervision and monitoring;

• A system that addresses public complaints during construction and operation of the facility;

and

• A plan that ensures remedial measures is implemented immediately.

8.2 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT

8.2.1 Environmental department policies

The unit will ensure the following activity

a. Commitment & Policy

The proposed project management will strive to provide and implement the Environmental

Management Plan that incorporates all issues related to air, land and water.

b. Planning

This includes identification of environmental impacts, legal requirements and setting

environmental objectives. The various potential impacts are discussed under Section IV of the

EIA Report.

c. Implementation: This comprises of resources available to the proponents, accountability of

contractors, training of operational staff associated with environmental control facilities and

documentation of measures to be taken.




d. Measurement & Evaluation: This includes monitoring, corrective actions, and record

keeping.

8.2.2 Environmental department structure

i. Environment management cell

• Organizational set-up

• linkage with other associated departments,

• reporting schedule to the regulating authorities

ii. Laboratory facility (in house / certified lab)

• Sampling,

• technique,

• analysis/monitoring practice followed,

• monitoring equipment/instrument available and

• schedule of monitoring.

iii. Library

• Books on environment & monitoring

• Records/drawing

• Collection of standards/norms/guidelines/notification etc.

iv. Safety, health, fire services and security

• For the supervisors and workers

v. Training facility

• For the supervisors and workers

vi. Maintenance

Response time for emergency maintenance, spare availability and routine programme of

maintenance

• Disaster Management Plan (DMP)

• On-site Emergency Management Plan

• Risk Assessment (RA)

• Environmental Audit (EA)

vii. Monitoring data

• Ambient air quality with meteorological data/information

• Ambient noise level




• Receiving water quality up-stream and down-stream of treated wastewater disposal point

(if any / applicable)

• Ground water quality in and around factory

• Storm water disposal facility inside & outside the factory

viii. Greenbelt development

• Plants selection

• Green belt covered area

• Future plan, if any

ix. Waste Management

• recovery,

• recycle and

• reuse

x. Performance study of waste management

• Identification of shortcomings

• Finding out proper remedial measures

• Implementation time frame

xi. Material balance

• Sulphur present in feedstock - distribution & recovery of sulphur

• Catalyst disposal

• Fluoride present in rock phosphate - its distribution and recovery/disposal

• Specific consumption of raw material per MT of product

• Design

• Actual

• Reason for difference

xii. Identification of hazardous installations

• list with details of hazardous installations

• measures, in case of unforeseen release of pollutants

• Was there any episode discharge of pollutants in past?

• experience

• remedial measures

• strategy to be adopted based on experience

xiii. Prepare an environment check list to review environmental safeguard

• House keeping




• Complaints

� Complaints received, if any

� Accident occurred in last two years

• Compliance of standards

� Copy of water consent

� Copy of air consent

� Copy of authorization of hazardous wastes

• Comply with the standards, stipulations, guidelines etc.

• If not, indicate deviations with reasons for the same

• Find difficulty in complying with the conditions of consent letters.

8.3 ENVIRONMENTAL ACTION PROGRAMME

“Visaka Industries Ltd.” management is quite conscious of its responsibility for maintaining

clean and a healthy environment. The management is also keen to modify and make more

efficient measures towards suppression of pollution sources. Lot of adequate funds for pollution

control measures are provided as a part of overall project financing to ensure the availability of

proper treatment facilities before the commissioning of the unit. The overall investment in the

project will be Rs. 56.62 Crores and about Rs. 50 lakh for the environment protection program

as capital investment and Rs. 10 lakh as recurring cost.

Table 8.1

Environmental Pollution control cost

The Environment Management Plan (EMP) includes all the mitigatory measures proposed under

each significant environmental attribute. For each potential negative impact identified,

S.No. Particulars Capital cost

In Lakhs

Recurring cost

in Rs.

1. Air Pollution Control 25 5

2. Water Pollution Control 5 1.50

3. Noise Pollution Control 5 0.50

4. Environment Monitoring and Management 8 1.0

5. Occupational Health 4.5 1.50

6. Green Belt 2.5 0.50

Total 50 10




recommendations will be presented for avoidance, minimization or mitigation of impacts along

with costs associated with potential mitigation. Further, a suitable green belt development plan for

the project site will be included in the EMP report.

The EMP will address the following:

• Identify and summarize all anticipated significant adverse environmental impacts:

• Identify and summarize all mitigation measures, including the type of impact to which it relates

and the conditions under which it is required;

• Define a set of policies and objectives for environmental performance and continual

enhancement of performance;

• Wastewater and produced water handling, treatment and disposal;

• Solid and hazardous waste handling and disposal;

• Green belt development plan;

• Recommend monitoring and reporting procedures including the parameters to monitored,

methods to be used, sampling locations, frequency of measurements, detection limits and

definition of thresholds that will signal the need for corrective actions;

• Recommend capacity development and training requirements for implementation of EMP; and

• Recommend an organizational structure for effective implementation of the EMP;

An environmental monitoring and management plan has been developed for the sensitive

elements of the environment that may require monitoring during construction and production

phase of the proposed project. Recommendations have been made on the institutional

arrangements that will be necessary to ensure effective monitoring and management.

A detailed management and monitoring program has been developed to reduce the effects of

potential negative environmental impacts.

The EMP also reflects statutory requirements, M/s.VISAKA INDUSTRIES LIMITED own corporate

operational guidelines. Cognizance will also be taken of all the applicable standards and

guidelines (amongst others) in the preparation of the EMP.

The proposed Environment Management plan for the unit is summarized in the below table:

Table 8.2

Environment Management plan

Particulars Mitigation Measures

Air Environment

During construction

• Dust pollution can be minimized at the source by water

spraying and maintenance of road.




phase • Construction material will be stored in temporary storage

yard.

• The excavated materials will be place only on the

designated disposal areas.

• The construction area will be shielded with the help of

tarpaulin from all the four sides to contain the air

emissions within the premises.

• Dust or dusty material will not be swept without effectively

treating it with water or other substances in order to

minimize its dust emission.

• Suitable covered skips and enclosed chats or other

suitable measures will be provided in order to minimize

dust emission to the atmosphere when materials & waste

will be removed from the premises.

• Parking lot and paved road will be constructed first.

• Upwind portion of the project will be constructed first.

• During high wind condition, construction activities will be

restricted, so that minimum flow of dust particle takes

place.

• The first and most important step towards emission

control for the large in-use fleet of vehicles is the

formulation of an inspection and maintenance system. It

is possible to reduce 30-40% pollution loads generated by

vehicles through proper periodical inspections and

maintenance of vehicles.

• All transportation vehicles will be suitably covered with

tarpaulin & overloading of the vehicles will be avoided.

• PUC certified vehicles will be used to avoid the exhaust

emission.

During operation phase • Automatic bag open device followed by shredder is

proposed for fibre handling and pneumatic bulk handling

system for cement and fly ash.




• High efficiency pulsejet type bag filters will be installed for

fibre circuit, cement and fly ash circuit and solid waste

management device-pulveriser, bin filter for cement silo

and fly ash silo to limit the particulate matter

concentrations below the standards;

• Provision of adequate height stack for wider dispersion of

emissions;

• In the event of failure of any pollution control system, the

unit will put off the operation immediately and will not be

restarted until the control system is rectified to achieve the

desired efficiency;

• Water spraying will be practiced frequently at all dust

generating areas;

• All the internal roads are connected to reduce the fugitive

dust due to vehicular movement; and

• Improving the Greenbelt around the plant to arrest the

fugitive emissions.

• Asbestos fiber (Chrysotile variety) will be imported from

Canada, Brazil, Zimbabwe, Russia and Greece. It is

received in shrink or stretch wrapped HDPE woven bags.

Fiber bags are received tightly packed in wooden pallets

and transported in closed containers. The bags wear

warning symbol “a”.

• The bags are handled at site by means of forklifts.

Spillages if any and container after unloading at site is

cleaned using portable vacuum cleaner. Where this is not

practicable, wet mopping, collection & recycling method is

adopted.

• The fibre bags will be stacked in godowns.

• Trucks after unloading will be subjected to thorough

cleaning by vacuum cleaner.

• Sheet cutting operation will be carried out with the cutters

operating under a steady stream of water jet which will be

recycled.




• The washing waste water is collected and periodically

recycled to the process. This technique of dust

suppression has been proven to be very effective.

• Portable vacuum cleaner will be used for the cleaning of

godowns and raw material section.

• The filing and finishing operation of moulded asbestos

cement goods will be carried out in wet stage.

• Wet mopping /collection/Recycling method wherever

applicable is adopted for the spillage cleaning at raw

material section.

• To control the fugitive emission from Cement Feeding

section and fly ash feeding section the unit proposes to

provided with identical Bag filter (with auto cleaning

system) type provided with stacks of adequate height.

• Compliance with the total dust emission limit of 50

mg/Nm3 for Fly ash & Cement feeding section.

• All the internal roads are already made pucca to reduce

the fugitive dust emission due to the vehicular movement.

Water Environment

• The process waste water will be collected periodically

and recycled to process after sedimentation process,

along with mud.

• No process water will be discharged and zero discharge

will be adopted and entire process effluent will be reused

/ recycled in the manufacturing process.

• The domestic wastewater will be treated in Sewage

treatment plant

• No waste is disposed either in liquid or solid form and

there is no possibility of leaching. The small amount of

waste water generated is recycled back into the process

itself.

• There is no possibility of oil and grease getting mixed

with water in the process. There is no effluent discharged

in to the soil. Therefore there is no possibility of pollution

and contamination into the ground and ground water.




Solid Waste

• Entire solid waste generated including process, sheet

cuttings, rejects, dust from bag filters will be recycled and

reused in the manufacturing process.

• The cut and damaged fibre bags will be immediately

repaired with adhesive tape to ensure no spillages.

Noise Pollution


• Foundations and structures will be designed to minimize

vibrations and noise.

• Regular equipment maintenance and better work habits

will be adopted.

• Necessary safety and personal protective equipment such

as ear plugs, ear muffs, helmet etc will be provided to the

workers.

• Noise levels generated will be maintained to comply with

the Factories Act & Rules and will not exceed 75 dB (A) at

1 m distance.

• Implementation of green belt within the premises of plant

will absorb the noise. Thus will help to control the noise

pollution.

• Proper lubrication and housekeeping will be usually done

to avoid excessive noise generation.

• Supervisor will be responsible to control the noise by

maintaining conditions of machineries and silencers.

• 33% of the total plot area will be under greenbelt.




8.4 ACTION PLAN FOR COMPLIANCE OF THE DIRECTIONS OF THE HON’BLE SUPREME

COURT OF INDIA

S.No. Supreme Court Directions Compliance Status

1 To maintain and keep maintaining the health

record of every worker up to a minimum period

of 40 years from the beginning of the

employment or 15 years after retirement or

cessation of the employment whichever is later.

The unit will maintain the health

records of the workers from the

beginning of the employment.

Development of any symptoms

amongst the employees will be

monitored, such as :

• Shortness of breath

• Coughing

• Painful breathing

• Chest pain

• Difficulty to perform physical

tasks

• Loss of weight

• Headache

• Pain in the bones or

Any movement requiring medical

attention. Qualified Oncologist and

/or Pathologist /Physician will conduct

exams to determine the cause of the

symptoms.

2 The Membrane Filter Test to detect asbestos

fibre should be adopted by all the factories or

establishments at par with the Metalliferrous

Mines Regulations, 1961 and Vienna

Convention and Rules issued thereunder.

It is already proposed in environment

monitoring program and will be

complied as per regulatory

requirement

3 All the factories whether covered by the

Employees State Insurance Act or Workmen's

Compensation Act or otherwise are directed to

compulsorily insure health coverage to every

worker.

All the workers will be covered with

health insurance.




4 The Union and the State Governments are

directed to review the standards of permissible

exposure limit value of fibre/cc in tune with the

international standards reducing the

permissible content as prayed in the writ

petition referred to at the beginning. The review

shall be continued after every 10 years and

also as when the I.L.O. gives directions in this

behalf consistent with its recommendations or

any Conventions.

The air pollution measurement in

relation to fibre/cc will be monitored

regularly and the reports will be

submitted to the state pollution

control board.

8.5 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

Plant species act as bio-monitoring agent to monitor the air environment as well as to keep and

maintain the project environ healthy. Trees have substantial inter-specific as well as intra-

specific variation in air pollution tolerance. Green Belt development / tree plantation in organized

manner is already done through development of 33% green belt in the existing project site.

Now it was suggested to plant more trees (approx 1200 nos. of Local trees species like: Butea

monosperma, Cassia fistula, Delbergia sissoo, Delonix regia, Polyalthia longifolia) in the project

site and nearby villages, to reduce the impact of expansion activities in the surroundings of the

existing project site. The above mentioned plants are suitable for green belt development have

characteristics like, fast growing, thick canopy cover, perennial and evergreen large leaf area,

naturally growing, efficient in absorbing pollutants without major effects on natural growth.

Species Suggested for Plantation

Species have been suggested by considering various biological and environmental role of the

various plant species like Dust Control, Noise Control, Absorptions of Gases, Drought

resistance, Fire Resistance etc. Some flowering herbs and subs have been suggested to

enhance aesthetic beauty of the project site area.

Table 8.3

Recommended Plant species for Plantation

Plant Spices Common Name Ecological and Environmental Performances of Plant Species

Trees

Annona squamosa Amrud DC, DR, SR, FR Azardirachta indica Neem DC, NC, AG, DR, FR.

Cassia fistula Amaltas DC, DR, FR. Delbergia sissoo Shesham DC, DR, FR.




Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka DC, NC, AG.

Source: Anon 2007, Saxena 1991, Anon 2006, Hocking, 1993. DC- Dust Control, NC - Noise Control, AG – Absorptions of Gases, DR - Drought resistance, SR - Salinity resistance, FR - Fire Resistance

Shrubs

Croton oblongifolius Croton To enhance aesthetic beauty / DC* Tabernaemontana divaricata Chandni To enhance aesthetic beauty / DC*

Withania somnifera Ashwagandh To enhance aesthetic beauty / DC* Herbs

Tagetese minuta Genda To enhance aesthetic beauty/ DC* Chrysanthamum Crown Daisy To enhance aesthetic beauty/ DC*

Rosa indica Rose To enhance aesthetic beauty/ DC*

*Source: phytoremediation of particulate matter from ambient environment through dust capturing plant species, CPCB 2007.

Green belt development plan budget

A capital cost provision of Rs. 2, 25,000 has been kept for development of greenbelt as given in

Table below The budget includes cost of digging of pits, fertilizers, saplings and maintenance

for 3 years.

Activity Sub

Activity

Unit

Physical Target Total

2014-15 2015-16 2016-17

Green Belt

development plan

Selection

of Species

Year √ √ √

Plantation Number 400 400 400 1200

Financial Target

2014-15 2015-16 2016-17

Capital cost (In lacs.) 75,000 75,000 75,000 2,25000

Recurring 15,000

***************

Project. Visaka Industries Ltd SECTION-IX/ SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS



191

SECTION – IX

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

INDEX

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION .......................................................................................... 191

9.1 INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................... 192

9.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT ........................................................................... 194

9.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING ............................................................................ 196

9.4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES ........... 197

9.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME ................................................... 200

9.6 PROJECT BENEFITS ................................................................................................. 202

9.7 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN DURING OPERATION PHASE ................. 203

9.8 CONCLUSIONS .......................................................................................................... 207




192

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

9.1 INTRODUCTION

Visaka Industries Limited is a proposed Asbestos cement sheets manufacturing project

coming at Rachakpura Village, Shedriya Grampanchayat, Niwai Tehsil, Tonk District,

Rajasthan. The proposed unit is categorized under 4 (c) 3 of Gazette Notification dated Sep

14th, 2006 and subsequent amendments on 01.12.09 and 04.04.2011 {Asbestos milling and

asbestos based products}. The same is categorized as “A” category.

The total land area acquired by unit is 28.0 Acres. M/S Visaka Industries Limited (VIL) has

proposed to set up the unit, manufacturing Asbestos Corrugated sheets with a capacity

216,000 MT Per Annum (TPA).The estimated cost of the proposed project is 56.62 crores

The details of environmental setting are given below. The map showing the project site and

10 km study area is shown in Figure-9.1.

Table – 9.1

Details of Environmental Setting

Sr. No.

Particulars Details

1 Location

A Village Rachakpura

B Tehsil Niwai

C District Tonk

D State Rajasthan

E Latitude 26o 26’ 04.82” N 26o 26’ 00.49” N 26o 25’ 51.55” N 26o 25’ 52.86” N

F Longitude 76o 01’ 03.17” E 76o 01’ 13.38” E 76o 01’ 11.68” E 76o 01’ 00.39” E

G Toposheet No. 45N/14, 45N/15, 54B/2 & 54B/3.

H Total Plant Area

28.0 Acres

2 Land use at the project area

S. No.

Particulars Area (sq. m)

(%)

1. Plant area, office area 36421.6 40 2. Road area 10015.94 11 3. Green belt 30047.82 33 4. Open area 14568.64 16

Total 91054 100

3 Nearest habitation

Saidaria Khurd at a distance of 1.0 km towards SW.

4 Nearest major town

Saidaria Khurd at a distance of 1.0 km towards SW.




193

5 Nearest highway

NH 11A at a distance of 7.27 km N connecting Manoharpura to

Kothum.

6 Nearest Railway Station

Siras Railway Station


7 Nearest airport

Jaipur Airport


8 Nearest tourist places


9 Defence installations


10 Archaeological important


11 Ecological

sensitive

zones

None within study area

12 Reserved / Protected forest / National Parks / Wildlife Sanctuary (from Project Site)

• Baragaon Reserved Forest at a distance of 5.21 km towards NE.

13 Nearest streams / Rivers / water bodies (from Project Site)

• Dhil Nadi at a distance of 3.13 km towards SSW

14 Other Industries

None

15 Seismic zone The area is falling in Zone- II, Low Damage Risk Zone (MSK VI or

less).




194

Figure 9.1 Map showing the project site and 10 km study area

9.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

The salient features of the proposed plant are given below:

Table no. 9.2 Salient Features of Proposed Plant

S.No. Particulars Details 1. Project Name Visaka Industries Limited

2. Location Rachakpura Village, Shedriya Grampanchayat,

Niwai Tehsil, Tonk District, Rajasthan.

3. Production & its Capacity Asbestos Cement Sheet to the tune of 2, 16,000

TPA.

4. Land requirement 28.0 Acres

5. Source of power JVVNL, Jaipur

6. Water Requirement 240 KLD (225 KLD industrial water demand &15

KLD Domestic water demand.

7. Source of Water Borewell




195

8. Manpower 521 persons

9. Wastewater generation • Industry waste water - No waste water is

generated from the industrial process.

• Domestic waste water - About 10.5 KLD of

waste water will be generated from domestic

activities

10. Solid waste generation

S.No. Waste Source Quantity MT

Management

1. Empty Fibre Bags

(Category 15.1)

Auto Bag

Opening Device

(BOD)






Mill (ERM).

2. Fibre Dust

(Category 15.3

From Dust

Collector

attached to ER

Mill & BOD





filled up.

3. Cement & Fly ash

Dust

From Dust

Collector

attached to

Cement feeding

& FA feeding

point.





4. Process Sludge

(Category 15.1)

From Week-end

Tank



5. Hard Broken

Pieces

(Category 15.1)

Sheet damages &

rejects



11. Project Cost 56.62 Crores

12. EMP costs 50 Lacs (Capital cost)

10 Lacs (Recurring cost)

13. Cost towards CSR activities Capital cost-2, 83, 10,000/-

Recurring cost: As per the Companies Act 2013




196

9.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

For monitoring of the environmental parameters like meteorology, air, water, soil and noise

quality, the monitoring stations have been established at different locations in and around

the project area. The base line data has been collected in the pre monsoon season from

March, April & May’2013.

Meteorology

The recorded meteorological data for the study period at project site is presented below:

Table No. 9.3


Month Temperature (0C) Relative Humidity (%) Rainfall in mm Wind Speed mph


March - 2013 37.0 12.5 86.9 9.5 0 0 9.0 < 1.0

April - 2013 41.1 17.5 77.8 9.5 0 0 11.0 < 1.0

May - 2013 45.4 20.9 83.5 9.5 0 0 14.0 < 1.0

Ambient Air Quality

Ambient air quality monitoring has been carried out with a frequency of two days per week at

eight locations. The summary of these results for all the locations is presented below. These

are compared with the standards prescribed by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) for

rural and residential zone.

Table 9.4

Summary of ambient air monitoring for March- May2013

Location

s

Code

Location

Name

PM10 µg/m3 PM2.5 µg/m3 SO2

µg/m3

NOx

µg/m3

CO

µg/

m3

(Max.)

Max Min Avg Max Min Avg. Max Mi

n

Avg Max Min Avg

A1 Project Site 39.3 30.6 34.9 20.3 14.2 17.2 5.1 4.1 4.5 12.6 11.2 11.8 123

A2 Sedria 52.8 43.2 48.5 27.9 19.3 24.2 6.7 4.4 5.4

15.6 12.5 14.3 248

A3 Dehold ki Dhani

42.5 34.3 38.2 21.6 17.3 19.4 5.3 4.4 4.8 13.2 12.3 12.8 215

A4 Kishore Pura ki Dhani

41.6 34.6 37.9 21 17.2 19.3 5.3 4.3 4.8 13.2 12.2 12.7 215

A5 Lalwari 52.9 43.2 48.2 26.3 20.4 23.7 6.8 4.6 5.7 15.3 13.5 14.4 291

A6 Shrisukhpur 41.2 33.6 37.0 21.6 15.6 18.3 5.2 4.2 4.7 13.2 12.2 12.7 182

A7 Thunj(Radhagovindpura)

41.5 34.5 38.2 21.6 17.3 19.3 5.1 4.3 4.7 13.6 12.4 12.8 182

A8 Bhagatpur Rampura

41.3 33.2 37.6 21.3 16.1 18.7 5.3 4.3 4.8 14.5 12.4 13.0 182

Note: All values are represented in µµµµg/m3

All values were found to be well within the latest national standards.




197

Ground water quality

Eight groundwater and one surface water samples were collected as grab samples and were

analyzed for various parameters. The result indicates that the ground water quality values at

location G7 (Bhagatpur Rampura) is much higher (TDS, Total Hardness, Total Alkalinity, Total

Calcium, Total Magnesium and fluorides) with respect to other locations. The surface water

results are more or less within the permissible limit except for the BOD and COD parameter,

which are slightly higher than the permissible limit.

Noise Quality

The noise monitoring has been conducted for determination of noise levels at eight locations

covering 10 km study area. The noise levels at each location were recorded for 24-hrs. The

results obtained were compared with the national standards and were found to be within limits.

Ecology

The project site is not surrounded by the urban environment and does not hold any critical

habitat/ecosystem as well as any threatened floral or faunal species. So project site will not

have any adverse impact on the environment.

Socio-Economic Aspects

The study area comprises 56 villages human settlement, with a total population of 58341.

The total number of households is 10365 with an average household size of 5 people.

Hence, it is interpreted there are less of joint family systems in the study area. The gender

ratio in study area is 926 is lower against the district Jaipur ratio (949). The Average effective

literacy of 10 km of the study area is 51.60%.

The work participation rate is 47.22% of the study area. The non working population is

52.78%. Proposed areas of social commitments are in the following areas: Promotion of

education, Water & conservation, Health and medical.

9.4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

The summary of anticipated adverse environmental impacts due to the proposed project and

mitigation measures are given below.

9.4.1 Air Environment

The major sources of emission from the proposed activity are

1. Fibre Handling Area - Total dust with fibre content

2. Cement handling Area - Total dust or suspended particulate matter

3. Fly Ash handling Area - Total dust or suspended particulate matter.

4. Standby Power Supply System - DG sets - Suspended Particulate matter, SO2

and NOx.




198

The impact on air quality is assessed based on emissions of the proposed activities in the

plant. Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM), PM2.5, PM10, Asbestos fibre, NOx and CO will be

the important pollutants emitting from the point sources.

Prediction of impacts on air environment has been carried out employing mathematical model

based on a steady state Gaussian plume dispersion model designed for multiple point sources

for short term. In the present case, AERMOD version 7.1 developed by United States

Environmental Protection Agency [USEPA] dispersion model based on steady state Gaussian

plume dispersion, designed for multiple point sources for short term has been used for

simulations from point and line sources.

Model Input Data

In the present case, model simulations have been carried out for the study period. The Ground

level concentrations are computed for 24-hr average. Maximum Ground level concentrations

of PM10, PM2.5, NOx, CO and Asbestos Fibre for study period were 5.2 µg/m3, 3.3 µg/m3,

7.6 µg/m3, 5 µg/m3 and 0.002 µg/m3 respectively for the given meteorological and

topographical conditions. The obtained GLC’s are well within the stipulated CPCB standards.

The incremental ground level concentrations for PM10, PM2.5, NOx, CO and Asbestos Fibre are

given in Table-9.4

Table No. 9.5

Predicted 24-Hourly Short Term Maximum Incremental Ground Level Concentrations

Pollutant Maximum Incremental

Concentration (µµµµg/m3) Distance coordinates (x , y) in m

Towards Direction

PM10 5.2 (500 , 1000) NE PM2.5 3.3 (500 , 1000) NE NOx 7.6 (0 , - 500) W CO 5 (0 , - 500) W Asbestos Fibre

0.002 (0.000032 fibre/cm3 < 0.1

fibre/cm3)

(500 , 1000) NE

9.4.2 Water Environment

• Waste water from industrial process

No process waste water will be discharged and zero discharge will be adopted and entire

process waste water will be reused / recycled in the manufacturing process.

• Domestic waste water from the different sections of building

About 10.5 KLD of waste water will be generated from domestic activities which will be

treated in Sewage treatment plant.




199

9.4.3 Noise Environment

• D.G. set is proposed to be housed in an inbuilt acoustic enclosure. The acoustic enclosure

will be designed for minimum 25dB (A) insertion loss for meeting the ambient noise

standards, whichever is on the higher side.

• Necessary safety and personal protective equipment such as ear plugs, ear muffs, helmet

etc will be provided to the workers.

• Noise levels generated will be maintained to comply with the Factories Act & Rules and will

not exceed 75 dB (A) at 1 m distance.

9.4.4 Socio-Economic Environment

The requirement of unskilled manpower will be met from nearby villages during construction

and operational phase through training and development. The project will also help in

generation of the indirect employment apart from direct employment. This will be a positive

socio-economic development for the region. There will be a general upliftment of standard of

living in the region.

9.4.5 Solid Waste

The anticipated quantities of some major solid hazardous waste is given below in table

Table No. 9.6

The anticipated quantities of solid waste are as follows

Hazardous Waste Category

Empty Fibre Bags – From Bag

Opening Device (BOD)

15.1

Fibre Dust – From Dust

Collector at ER Mill & BOD

15.3

Process Sludge – From

Week-End Tank

15.1

Hard Broken Pieces – From

Damages/Rejects

15.1

S.No. Waste Source Quantity

MT Management

1. Empty Fibre Bags

(Category 15.1)

Auto Bag

Opening Device

(BOD)






Mill (ERM).




200

2. Fibre Dust

(Category 15.3

From Dust

Collector

attached to ER

Mill & BOD





filled up.

3. Cement & Fly ash

Dust

From Dust

Collector

attached to

Cement feeding

& FA feeding

point.





4. Process Sludge

(Category 15.1)

From Week-end

Tank



5. Hard Broken

Pieces

(Category 15.1)

Sheet damages &

rejects



9.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

Environmental Monitoring Cell

A centralized environmental monitoring cell will be established for monitoring of important

and crucial environmental parameters which are of immense importance to assess the

status of environment during mine operation.

The following routine monitoring programme as detailed in as under shall be implemented at

site. Besides to this monitoring, the compliances to all environmental clearance conditions

and regular permits from RPCB/MoEF shall be monitored and reported periodically.

Table 9.7

Environmental Monitoring Programme S.

No. Potential Impact

Action to be Followed

Parameters for Monitoring

Frequency of Monitoring

Location

1 Air Emissions Ambient air quality within the premises of the proposed unit and nearby habitations to be monitored.

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx and CO.

As per CPCB/ RPCB requirement or on weekly basis whichever is earlier

At least two locations inside premises; Three locations outside

Exhaust from vehicles to be minimized by use of fuel efficient

Vehicle logs to be maintained

-




201

S. No.

Potential Impact




Location

vehicles and well maintained vehicles having PUC certificate.

Measuring onsite data of Meteorology

Wind speed, direction, temp., relative humidity and rainfall.

Continuous monitoring using on-line weather station during operation phase

Onsite at one location

Vehicle trips to be minimized to the extent possible

Vehicle logs Daily records Main gate

2 Noise Noise generated from various plant operations, vehicular to be optimized and monitored

Spot Noise Level recording; Leq(night), Leq(day), Leq(dn)

Periodic during operation phase

Noise measurements at five locations

Generation of vehicular noise

Maintain records of vehicles


-

3 Wastewater Discharge

No untreated discharge to be made to surface water, groundwater or soil.

No discharge hoses in vicinity of watercourses.


-

Take care in disposal of wastewater generated such that soil and groundwater resources are protected

Discharge norms for effluents shall be maintained


-

Compliance of treated wastewater usage/discharge to standards

pH, TSS, TDS, BOD, COD & Temperature


One location (Treated Wastewater)

Compliance of treated sewage to standards

Comprehensive as per GSR 422(E)

Once in a season

One location (Treated sewage)

4 Drainage and effluent Management

Ensure drainage system and specific design measures are working effectively. Design to incorporate existing drainage pattern and avoid disturbing the same.

Visual inspection of drainage and records thereof


-

5 Water Quality and Water Levels

Monitoring used water quality & groundwater quality and levels

Comprehensive monitoring as per IS 10500 Groundwater level bgl


Three locations

surrounding project site

6 Energy Usage Energy usage for air- Energy audit Annual audits -




202

S. No.

Potential Impact




Location

conditioning and other activities to be minimized Conduct annual energy audit for the buildings

report and periodic checks during operational phase

8 Emergency preparedness, such as fire fighting

Fire protection and safety measures to take care of fire and explosion hazards, to be assessed and steps taken for their prevention.

Mock drill records, on site emergency plan, evacuation plan


9 Maintenance of flora and fauna

Vegetation, greenbelt / green cover development

No. of plants, species


-

10 Waste Management

Implement waste management plan that identifies and characterizes every waste arising associated with proposed activities and which identifies the procedures for collection, handling & disposal of each waste arising.

Records of solid waste generation, treatment and disposal


11 Soil quality Maintenance of good soil quality

Physico-chemical parameters and metals.

Periodical monitoring

Plantation areas

12 Health Employees and migrant labour health check ups

All relevant parameters including HIV

Regular check ups

-

9.6 PROJECT BENEFITS

The product has following advantages:

• It is used in variety of applications.

• It is light in weight, thus reducing the cost of trusses and woodwork and easy to

install.

• It does not deteriorate with weather and will last indefinitely. On the other hand,

strength of

• Fibre Cement materials increases due to ageing.

• It is comparatively cooler.

• It could be fixed easily and has an attractive appearance.

• It is comparatively maintenance free.

• It is much cheaper than similar roofing materials.




203

• It does not pose health hazard.

9.7 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN DURING OPERATION PHASE

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) aims at the preservation of ecological system by

considering in-built pollution abatement facilities at the proposed site. Some of the major

criteria governing the environmental measures will be adopted, and the same is described in

ensuring paragraphs.

9.7.1 Air Pollution Management

Fugitive and stack emissions from the proposed plant will contribute to increase in

concentrations of SO2 and NOx pollutants. The mitigative measures suggested to control the

impact on air environment are:

• The unit will take all possible measures to control the emissions from all sources.

• The list of pollution control equipment along with approximate financial requirements is

given below in table:-

• Adequate stack height as per CPCB emission regulations for proper dispersion of

pollutants into the atmosphere.

• Adequate stack height as per CPCB emission regulations for D.G Set

• Green belt development will be done to attenuate the pollution. Only local species will be

planted. It will cover 33.00% area of the proposed plant.

• Ambient air quality and stack emissions should be regularly monitored (as per

CPCB/SPCB) to ensure that ambient air quality standards and suggested limits of the

stack emission loads are met honestly all the time. And also to check the efficiency of Air

Pollution Control Equipments.

• All the internal roads will be black topped to prevent fugitive emissions.

• PUC certified vehicles shall be used for transportation of raw material/products.

• To check the functioning of pollution control equipment the unit will prepare environment

monitoring schedule during operation. In case of value found above the statuary limit the

plant will be shut down immediately and the environment cell of the unit will be informed

for further action.

• Raw material will be kept in storage yard and base of storage yard will have impermeable

base surfaces, usually constituted from the material being stored. Other raw materials will

be stored under cover sheds.

• Local exhaust ventilation will be provided to vent out the emissions to suitable arrestment

plant to meet the emission limit.




204

• Indore air monitoring will be done to check the exposure level of the worker for periodical

basis. (at least once in six months)

9.7.2 Water Pollution Management

• The construction site will be provided with sufficient and suitable toilet facilities for

workers to allow proper standards of hygiene. These facilities should preferably be

connected to a septic tank and maintained to ensure minimum environmental impact.

• Measures will be implemented to prevent seepage of liquid materials into ground where

it could contaminate groundwater;

• Ensure prompt cleaning up of accidental spillages

• Measures will be followed to prevent the contamination of hydrological features by

diesel, grease, oil, etc. derived from the working area.

• The machinery / equipment will be maintained in a good operating condition;

• Specially designated areas will be created for vehicle maintenance;

• Accidental spillages will be cleaned up promptly.

• Curing water will be sprayed and after liberal curing, all concrete structures will be

covered with gunny bags this will conserves water

• Provisions will be made to ensure the construction vehicles stick to the access track to

prevent mud & dirt being deposited on roads

• Fence will be constructed around the site to trap sediments whilst allowing the water to

flow through.

• All mud & dirt deposited on the roads from the construction activities will be cleaned.

• Adopting good construction and engineering practices will help in mitigating the water

pollution.

• The process waste water will be collected periodically and recycled to process after

sedimentation process, along with mud.

9.7.3 Noise Pollution Management


• The insulation provided for prevention and loss of heat and personnel safety shall also

act as noise reducer.

• Foundations and structures will be designed to minimize vibrations and noise.

• Regular equipment maintenance and better work habits will be adopted.

• D.G. set is proposed to be housed in an inbuilt acoustic enclosure. The acoustic

enclosure will be designed for minimum 25dB (A) insertion loss for meeting the ambient

noise standards, whichever is on the higher side.




205

9.7.4 Solid Waste Management

S.No. Waste Management

1. Empty Fibre Bags

(Category 15.1)

Shredded in the Shredder unit attached to the BOD in a

closed loop & collected thro cyclone collector, thro

screw conveyor to the Edge Runner Mill (ERM).

2. Fibre Dust

(Category 15.3

Periodically recycled after the container containing

water & placed beneath the rotary valve of the dust

collector gets filled up.

3. Cement & Fly ash Dust Periodically recycled after the container placed beneath

the rotary valve of the Dust Collector gets filled up.

4. Process Sludge

(Category 15.1)

Continuously recycled through Wet Ball Mill in slurry

form.

5. Hard Broken Pieces

(Category 15.1)

Continuously recycled through Wet Ball Mill in slurry

form.

9.7.6 Socio-Economic Aspect

• Zero (0) Loss of habitation.

• Public Health & Safety Plan is proposed for upliftments of health facilities and

awareness on Asbestos manufacturing.

• Large scale, long term and stable job opportunities to local villagers directly through

On-the-job training and off-the-job training to enhance local skills.

• Rise in indirect avenues for employment opportunities.

• Direct & indirect infrastructural development of the study area with the enterprises’

social commitments rendered in the study area.

• The proposed project will follow universal respect for, and observance and protection of,

human rights.

The following CSR activities have been proposed for the people of the study area:

S. No.

Activities Capital Cost % Average (3 years) annual

N.P.

1st Year

2nd Year

3rd Year

1. Installation of Rainwater Harvesting Structures in

government institutions: Upswastha Kendra

Lalwari 3.2 km ESE; Rajkiya Adarsh Uchh

Prathmik Vidhyalya, Lalwari 3.5 km ESE & Facility

45.0

16.0 5.1 --




206

development of sanitation fittings connecting the

proposed rain water storage tank with the

bathrooms washing & flushing.

2. In consultation with local authorities and Gram

Panchayat, Shedriya, for the development of the

primary health centre, Shedriya by Contributing for

a Multi-specialty hospital for critical illness and

emergency along-with a Medical Ambulance for

the study area.

75.0 22.0 8.0 0.5%

3. Health Camps proposed in the study area:

1. Yearly Camp for Mother and Child in the study

area for awareness on malnutrition including

drops / supplements.

2. Awareness on indicators of esotheolima shall

be given to the public at large in the study area

mainly Agarpura (4.5 km SE), Lalwari (3.0 km

ESE), Sangrampura (4.0 km SSE). Camps shall

provide demonstration and action plan on

prevention, symptoms & cure.

8.0 7.0 7.0 0.3%

4. Skill development and earning sources for youth

both On-the-Job training of local skilled workers &

Off-the-Job training of the unskilled local non

workers for income generating activity.

5.0 5.0 5.0 0.2%

5. Regular Health Check up camps shall be

organized mainly in three villages in the wind

direction viz. Agarpura(4.5 km SE), Lalwari (3.0 km

ESE), Sangrampura (4.0 km SSE) and in the study

area for :To trace any indication of Asbestosis/

lung Cancer and will be kept under surveillance

and immediate action will be taken.Regular

urinalysis, x-rays, and a bronchoscopy (a test that

detects asbestos fibers within lungs, and also

determines the extent of the damage done by

asbestos exposure), will be done in every 6

months.

35.0 20.0 20.0 1%

Total 168.0 70.0 45.1 2%




207

9.8 CONCLUSIONS

It is predicted that socio-economic impact due to this project will provide opportunities for

employment to local inhabitants. There are no Resettlement and Rehabilitation issues

involved in this project. The social development project infrastructures will be of use to

the people of the study area. The contribution to the revenue (State Govt.) will augment

the public expenditure. The entire project area is devoid of any endangered flora and

fauna. Thus, the proposed project is not likely to affect the environment or adjacent

ecosystem adversely.

**********

Project: VISAKA INDUSTRIES LTD



DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED

Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA of “Visaka Industries Ltd.”

I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the

above EIA.

EIA Coordinator

Name KN Sudershan Rao

Functional Area Experts: -

S. No. Functional

Areas

Name of the Expert/s Involvement (Proposed)

(Period & Task)

1 AP K N Sudershan Rao

Dr. Yati Kachhawa

• Relevant inventorization

• Prediction of air pollution

and its management

2 WP Yashwant Bordiya

Supriya Sharma

• Relevant inventorization

• Data input in

report

• Prediction of water

pollution and its

management.

• Water Balance.

3 SHW Yashwant Bordiya

Prabhakar Sharma

• Identification of nature of

waste, categorization, and

quantity of generated.

4 SE Shubhangi Tibra • Secondary data: Census

of India, 2011.

• Socio- Economic

observation and impact

assessment.

• Public Health & Safety

plan

• Enterprises social

commitment

5 EB Dr.Yati Kachhawa

Supriya Sharma (Trainee)

• Ecological and biodiversity

survey

• Identification of species

(flora and fauna).

• Impact prediction and

Management

6 HG Vikrant Mahendran • Hydrogeological survey

for assessing aquifer

distribution for the area.

• Water resource evaluation

of the area.

Project: VISAKA INDUSTRIES LTD



• Pre-monsoon & post-

monsoon collection of

water level & quality data.

7 GS Vikrant Mahendran • Field survey for assessing

the regional and local

geology of the area.

8 AQ K N Sudershan Rao

Mrs. Neha Bhargava

• Collection of micro

metrological data

• Inventorization of source

inputs

• Running of air modelling

• Interpretation of obtained

results.

9 NV KN Sudershan Rao • Prediction of Noise

pollution.

• Mitigation measures

10 LU Prabhakar Sharma • Satellite imaginary.

• Inference

11 RH KN Sudershan Rao • Assessment of risk

involved, if any.

• Management plan for

safety.

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization

I, Sunita Mantri, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA of “

Visaka Industries Ltd.” I also confirm that I shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading

information mentioned in this statement.

Signature

Name Mrs. Sunita Mantri

Designation CMD

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization Enkay Enviro Services Pvt. Ltd.

NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date At serial no. 43 as per the List of Accredited

EIA Consultant Organizations as on January

08, 2015

Documents

VISAKA INDUSTRIES LIMITED - (PROPOSED PROJECT)environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/... · 1. Name of the Project/s : Visaka Industries Ltd., Proposed asbestos cement sh eets